Académique Documents
Professionnel Documents
Culture Documents
Backup
image
Backup
image
Oracle Secure Backup images
Backup Pieces and Backup Images
The backup of an Oracle database, created by RMAN, results in a backup set (an RMAN-specific
logical structure), which contains at least one backup piece (an RMAN-specific physical file
containing the backed up data).
Oracle Secure Backup backs up and maintains backup metadata for each RMAN backup piece
written to tape within its own catalog. You can browse backup pieces by using obtool or Oracle
Secure Backup Web tool.
Note: Use RMAN for the management of RMAN backup pieces.
If you manage the backup pieces stored on tape by using Oracle Secure Backup utilities instead of
RMAN, the Oracle Secure Backup catalog and the RMAN repository can become unsynchronized.
The best practice is for backup pieces to be updated through RMAN, not manually by the use of
Oracle Secure Backup.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 10 - 12
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Media Management Expiration Policies
Volume set
creation
Write window Retention duration
Volume set
expiration
Volume set
closed
Time Updates allowed Updates forbidden
Recycling time-managed volumes
Marked DELETED
by RMAN
Volume
set
Recycling content-managed volumes
Backup
piece
Backup
piece
Backup
piece
Backup
piece
Expired Expired Expired Expired
Marked DELETED by
Oracle Secure Backup
Or
Media Management Expiration Policies
Oracle Secure Backup automates tape recycling, reusing tapes after the backups or volumes have
expired, depending on their user-defined recycling method:
Time-managed expiration policies: The expiration time is associated at the volume level for
time-managed media families. When the volume expiration date is reached, the volume becomes
eligible to be overwritten. Each volume in a volume set will have an expiration date, which is
determined as follows:
- The user-defined write-window determines how long the tape may be appended to after the
first tape write event (optional).
- The user-defined retention time determines how long the volume must be retained after the
write-window has closed or after the first tape write event, if a write-window is not defined.
If a write-window is not defined, the volume will be appended to, until it is full.
- The expiration time is the write-window time plus the retention time.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 10 - 13
Media Management Expiration Policies (continued)
Content-managed expiration policies: The expiration time is associated with the content on
the tape, not with the actual volume. With content-managed volumes, the retention period is
configured within RMAN by using the recovery window or redundancy setting. Oracle Secure
Backup does not associate a specific date with the backup piece, but updates the piece attribute
from content manages use to deleted status as instructed by RMAN. By issuing the RMAN
DELETE OBSOLETE command, RMAN deletes any disk backups no longer needed to meet the
user-configured retention policies and notifies the media management software (Oracle Secure
Backup) about which pieces can be deleted. The expiration status is updated in the Oracle
Secure Backup catalog, but the actual pieces are not deleted from tape. Instead, the backup
pieces receive the deleted attribute. After all backup pieces on a specific tape have a
deleted attribute, Oracle Secure Backup considers the tape eligible for reuse, and overwrites
the tape, when a tape is needed.
Note: It is not recommended, but you can remove backup pieces (an RMAN backup piece
corresponds to an Oracle Secure Backup backup image) with the Oracle Secure Backup Web
tool or the rmpiece command in the obtool utility. These commands remove the backup
piece from the Oracle Secure Backup catalog. If you remove a backup piece outside of RMAN,
you must use the RMAN CROSSCHECK command to update the RMAN repository and have the
removed backup pieces marked as EXPIRED. Then you use the RMAN DELETE EXPIRED
command to remove these backup pieces from the RMAN repository.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 10 - 14
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Oracle Secure Backup Media Family
A named classification of volumes that share the same:
Volume identification sequence
Write-allowed period
Expiration policy (either content- or time-managed)
Used to classify and characterize backup types
Commonly associated with backup levels, which
generally correspond to retention times, such as:
Full
Incremental
Archive log
Oracle Secure Backup Media Family
Media families provide a way to establish write periods and retention policies for data backed up to
various kinds of tapes. You can, for example, establish a media family for all of your backups that
remain on site, a separate media family for your backups that are to be stored off site, and a third
media family for all your incremental backups.
Each media family identifies the length of time that data can be written to a tape and the length of
time before the data on a volume expires and is eligible to be overwritten. So, a media family is a
classification of backup media that share the same:
Volume identification sequence: The volume ID consists of a fixed portion, followed by a
sequence number assigned and updated by Oracle Secure Backup. When you create a media
family, you specify how to generate volume IDs that become part of the volume label.
Write window: The beginning of the write window is the time at which Oracle Secure Backup
first writes to a volume in the volume set. The write window is a user-specified time interval that
applies to all volumes in the set. Oracle Secure Backup continues to append backups to the
volume set until the end of this interval. When the write window closes, Oracle Secure Backup
does not allow further updates to the volume set until it expires or is relabeled, reused,
unlabeled, or overwritten.
Expiration policy: When a volume set expires, Oracle Secure Backup automatically considers
each volume in the set eligible to be overwritten. A media family is either content managed
(default) or time managed. These two policies are mutually exclusive.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 10 - 15
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Tape Drives and Libraries
Type of tape drive
refers to its tape
format such as
LTO-2 or
SDLT600.
Storage elements
(slots) store
tapes.
Tape library
robotics move
tapes between
drives and slots.
Device connectivity varies by device:
SCSI, Fibre, and iSCSI
____________
____________
____________
____________
____________
____________
____________
____________
____________
____________
____________
____________
____________
____________
____________
____________
____________
____________
____________
Tape library
Robotic control
mainlib
maintd1
maintd2
maintd3
Barcode reader
scans labels on
cartridges.
Tape Drives and Libraries
Oracle Secure Backup maintains information about secondary storage devices, tape libraries, and
tape drives, so they can be used for local and network backup and restore operations. These devices
are easily configured during the installation process, or a new device can be easily added to an
existing Oracle Secure Backup environment.
Each tape drive and tape library is uniquely identified within an Oracle Secure Backup administrative
domain by a user-defined name (for example, mainlib and maintd1). Because Oracle Secure
Backup manages tape drive operations, it must explicitly be able to identify the tape drive as well as
understand if the tape drive is housed within a tape library. Oracle Secure Backup must further
determine which tape slots (storage elements) are available for storing tapes when they are not
loaded in a tape drive.
Before you can use tape drives or tape libraries with Oracle Secure Backup, you must add the device
to the administrative domain. Oracle Secure Backup maintains a distinction between a device and the
means by which the device is connected to a host. Each device you configure can have one or more
attachments, where each attachment describes a data path between a host and the device itself. Most
often, an attachment comprises the identity of a host plus a UNIX device special file name, a
Windows device name, or NAS device name. In rare cases, additional information is needed to
complete the attachment definition.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 10 - 16
Tape Drives and Libraries (continued)
A Fibre channelattached tape drive or tape library often has multiple attachments, one for each host
that can directly access it.
When a device is attached to multiple hosts, Oracle Secure Backup automatically manages contention
for the device so that only one host is permitted access to it at any time. For example, SAN-attached
devices often have multiple attachments, one for each host that has local access to the device through
its Fibre channel interface.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 10 - 17
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Virtual Tape Libraries (VTL)
Providing the performance advantages of disk backup
Disk appliances, emulating tape libraries and drives
Most popular virtual tape libraries supported by Oracle
Secure Backup
(See Tape Device compatibility guide on Oracle
Technology Network)
Increasingly adopted into IT environments
Seamlessly deployed without changing backup
infrastructure
Flexible configuration with user-defined options for
number and type of tape emulation
Attached to the network or servers, depending on the
manufacturer
Virtual Tape Libraries (VTL)
A virtual tape library leverages traditional tape backup with disk technology to create an optimized
backup and recovery infrastructure. Tape emulation software on the disk appliance emulates popular
tape devices and formats. Because VTLs identify themselves as tape equipment, for the backup
software, they appear identical to the actual tape device that is emulated.
VTLs offer the performance advantages of disk backup and they may be seamlessly deployed in a
system environment, without changing the backup infrastructure.
Note: In this class (where physical tape devices are not available), you use virtual test devices to
practice Oracle Secure Backup operations. These virtual test devices are not supported in production
use and are different from the commercially sold VTLs.
For a list of supported VTLs, refer to Certify on MetaLink.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 10 - 18
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Managing Data to Be Protected
Recurring or
immediate backups
scheduled using
Enterprise Manager
Use RMAN backup
levels: full and
incremental
RMAN backup sets
Oracle Database
Flexible date/time
calendarbased
scheduling
On-demand backups
Frequency of
backups
Multilevel backups: full,
incremental, or off-site
Backup options
User-defined datasets:
based on hosts, files, or
directories
Defining what data to
back up
File System Data
Managing Data to Be Protected
Managing the backup infrastructure of file-system data and Oracle database data is easily
administered with Oracle Secure Backup and RMAN. Defining what data to back up is conceptually
similar for file-system and database data. Both require that you, the user, define what to include in
the backup. For the database, you use the RMAN backups sets created using RMAN or Enterprise
Manager. For file systems, Oracle Secure Backup uses datasets. Use the Oracle Secure Backup
Web tool to define file-system datasets.
After defining what data to back up, you must determine what type of backup is most appropriate to
meet your backup and restore requirements. Oracle Secure Backup offers multiple backup levels for
file-system backups including full backup levels, multiple incremental levels, and an off-site backup
level. The off-site level is actually a full backup performed without interfering with any incremental
backup strategies. Oracle Secure Backup also provides flexible scheduling options enabling you to
determine ongoing backup schedules based on the day and time granularity. For the Oracle database,
RMAN offers full and incremental backup levels that are backed up to tape by Oracle Secure
Backup.
After you have defined what, how, and how often to back up your data through scheduling, Oracle
Secure Backup can automatically implement your backup schedules requiring only manual
intervention for hardware errors or media needs.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 10 - 19
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Oracle Secure Backup Jobs
Log
Transcript
Job
ID
Type
Backup
Restore
Job
summaries
Oracle Secure Backup Jobs
Each backup and restore operation creates a corresponding job. Each job has a unique ID, log, and
transcript.
Job logs describe high-level events, such as:
- Job creation
- Job dispatch
- Completion times
Job transcripts describe the job details:
- Created at the time of dispatch
- Updated as the job progresses
- Reports needs such as operator assistance required
There are two different job types:
Data set jobs for file-system backup or restore
Oracle backup jobs for database backup or restore
A job summary is a text file report produced by Oracle Secure Backup that describes the status of
selected file-system backup and restore jobs. Job summaries may be generated on a regular, repeating
basis and sent via e-mail to users.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 10 - 20
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Securing Data and Access to the Backup Domain
User-level access control
Users assigned to a set of privileges, called classes
Consistent user identity mapping OS privileges to Oracle
Secure Backup user, called preauthorized access
Host authentication
Two-way server authentication
Encryption
Oracle Database 10gR2 backup encryption to tape
Data and backup messages encrypted in-transit as part of
SSL interdomain communication
Securing Data and Access to the Backup Domain
An Oracle Secure Backup administrative domain is a network of hosts. Any such network has a level
of vulnerability to malicious attacks. The task of the security administrator is to learn the types of
possible attacks and how to guard against them.
Access Control
To access the Oracle Secure Backup software, you must enter a username and password or use
preauthorization. Each Oracle Secure Backup user is assigned to a class, which defines the actions
that are permitted for that user.
Host Authentication
All hosts in the administrative domain use SSL and X.509 certificates for identity verification and
authentication. Sensitive data is encrypted before transmittal over the network. SSL protects the
administrative domain from eavesdropping, message tampering or forgery, and replay attacks.
The Web server requires a signed X.509 certificate and associated public and private keys to
establish an SSL connection with a client browser. The X.509 certificate for the Web server is self-
signed by the installation script when you install Oracle Secure Backup on the administrative server.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 10 - 21
Securing Data and Access to the Backup Domain (continued)
Network Backup Security
Note: Currently, the NDMP protocol does not include a mechanism to accommodate the negotiation
of an SSL connection to NDMP filers.
Encryption
File-system backups on tape are not encrypted by Oracle Secure Backup. When you use Oracle
Secure Backup to create a new file-system backup, Oracle Secure Backup applies encryption to the
data as it passes over the network. After Oracle Secure Backup writes the data to tape, the file system
data resides in unencrypted form.
When you use RMAN to make an encrypted backup of a database, RMAN encrypts the backup data
before it is provided to the SBT interface. If the data is transmitted over the network, Oracle Secure
Backup transfers the RMAN-encrypted data without applying additional encryption to the data as it
passes over the network. After Oracle Secure Backup writes the data to tape, the data resides on tape
in encrypted form. In this case, the encryption is provided by RMAN before the backup is provided
to the SBT layer. The Oracle Secure Backup SBT layer is the only supported interface for making
encrypted RMAN backups directly to tape.
By default, the data sent over the network within an administrative domain, both file system and
database, is encrypted through SSL. However, if the database backup data is first encrypted by
RMAN, then the data is not further encrypted in transit.
To improve performance of backups in a protected network, you can disable encryption for
transmitted data by means of the encryptdataintransit security policy.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 10 - 22
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Oracle Secure Backup:
The Integration Advantage
Key benefits of RMAN and Oracle Secure Backup
integration:
Exclusive support of RMAN backup encryption to tape
Faster, more reliable database backups to tape
Single technical support resource, expediting problem
resolution
EM integration exclusive to Oracle Secure Backup
Familiar interface for Oracle customers, reducing any
learning curves associated with other products
Management of the entire Oracle database backup and
recovery from disk (Flash Recovery Area) to tape
Advanced security leveraging Oracles proven
technology
Oracle Secure Backup: The Integration Advantage
This slide summarizes key benefits of RMAN and Oracle Secure Backup integration over other third-
party media management libraries.
Details about the security technology are:
Secure Socket Layer (SSL) implementation
Embedded Oracle wallets O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 10 - 23
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Why Use Oracle Secure Backup?
Intelligent integration with RMAN delivering the best
performance and security for database backups
Backup encryption performed with Oracle database
Faster, smaller backups protecting only used blocks
Scalable, low-cost per-tape drive pricing
Substantial cost savings over the competition
Unlimited clients, servers, and NAS
Single technical support resource for entire backup
solution expedites problem resolution
Reliable, centralized backup management for entire
Oracle environment
Why Use Oracle Secure Backup?
Since Oracle 8.0, RMAN is the recommended backup utility for the Oracle database. It is known
for reliable, automated, online protection of data to disk, and is integrated with numerous third-
party media management products for backups to tape. Oracle Secure Backup provides an
alternative to expensive, third-party tape backup utilities by providing the media management
layer for RMAN tape utilization.
Oracle Secure Backup 10.1 increases customer return on investment by providing end-to-end
tape data protection for your Oracle environment at a fraction of the cost of other tape products.
Oracle Secure Backup exclusively provides RMAN encrypted backup to tape.
To deliver the fastest database tape backup, Oracle Secure Backup backs up only used blocks
(from Oracle Database 10.2.0.2 and higher). This process makes the backups faster and smaller,
which also saves space on tape.
Oracle Secure Backup (as part of the Oracle technology stack) offers a single-vendor technical
resource for complete Oracle database protection. The Oracle Secure Backup installation
automatically links the SBT libraries for RMAN tape backups.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 10 - 24
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Summary
In this lesson, you should have learned how to:
Describe how Oracle Secure Backup complements the
Oracle backup and recovery options
Define Oracle Secure Backup terminology
Describe Oracle Secure Backup interface options
Describe backup management features of Oracle
Secure Backup
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Installing Oracle Secure Backup
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 11 - 2
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Objectives
After completing this lesson, you should be able to:
Install Oracle Secure Backup on Linux
Choose an Oracle Secure Backup interface
Register the Administrative Server in EM
Add an Oracle Secure Backup user with preauthorized
access
For More Information
Oracle Secure Backup Installation Guide
For supported tape devices, see http://www.oracle.com/technology/products/secure-backup.
For supported Web browser, platform and NAS devices, see Oracles certification matrix on
MetaLink.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 11 - 3
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Performing Preinstallation Tasks
Confirm that your planned environment is supported.
Tape device support matrix on OTN
Platform support on Certify on metalink.oracle.com
Plan disk space for Oracle Secure Backup.
Obtain Oracle Secure Backup software via OTN
download or CD.
Plan your administrative domainthat is, determine
which host will be Administrative Server, which media
servers or clients.
Obtain SCSI device information (UNIX and Linux).
Performing Preinstallation Tasks
There is no required sequence between the preinstallation tasks.
Check the supported device list on OTN to confirm that your environment is supported:
Platform support by host role
Tape library and tape drive support
Connectivity support
Each host that participates in an Oracle Secure Backup administrative domain must have a network
connection and run TCP/IP. Oracle Secure Backup uses this protocol for all inter- and intra-machine
communication between its own and other system components.
Each appliance that employs a closed operating system, such as Network Attached Storage (NAS)
and tape servers, is backed up using NDMP. This protocol enables Oracle Secure Backup to access
primary and secondary storage controlled by the appliance.
Each host that participates in an Oracle Secure Backup administrative domain must also have some
preconfigured way to resolve a host name to an IP address. Most systems use one of the name
resolution mechanisms: (DNS, NIS, WINS, or a local hosts file) to do this. Oracle Secure Backup
does not require a specific mechanism. Oracle Secure Backup requires only that, upon presenting the
underlying system software with an IP address you have configured, it obtains an IP address
corresponding to that name.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 11 - 4
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Installation and Configuration of
the Administrative Domain
1. Software
installation
2. Configure additional hosts and
tape devices
Client
Tape drives
and libraries
OTN CD-ROM
Administrative
server
Media
server
Client
Media
server
Installation and Configuration of the Administrative Domain
The installation and configuration of your administrative domain includes the following:
Install the Oracle Secure Backup software itself on each of your hosts except NDMP-enabled
hosts such as Network Attached Storage (NAS) filers.
Define your administrative domain on the administrative server. This step involves defining all
media servers, clients, and NAS filers.
When installing a media server, Oracle Secure Backup device attachments are created as part of
the device driver installation process. These attachments are used during the device definition.
Make the administrative server aware of the tape devices that exist in your administrative
domain. On each defined media servers, you need to configure the directly attached SCSI and
Fibre Channel devices (tape libraries and tape drives). If you use a NAS filer with attached tape
libraries and tape drives, you can use Oracle Secure Backup commands to discover these
devices; this allows Oracle Secure Backup to recognize and communicate with the NAS-
attached devices.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 11 - 5
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Performing Installation Tasks
1. Log in as the root user.
2. Create an Oracle Secure Backup home directory.
3. Change your directory to the <OSB_Home> directory.
4. Run the setup program and respond to the prompts.
[stage] $ su
Password:
[stage]# mkdir -p /usr/local/oracle/backup
[stage]# cd /usr/local/oracle/backup
[backup]# /stage/osb_10_1cdrom/setup
Performing Installation Tasks
The recommended directory for installing the Oracle Secure Backup software is
/usr/local/oracle/backup. You can install the software in a different directory, if desired.
However, then the printed and online documentation for Oracle Secure Backup may not agree with
your actual commands, output, and GUI screens. For users new to Oracle Secure Backup, this can
add an unwanted layer of confusion.
In this course, you use the default directory: /usr/local/oracle/backup as <OSB_Home>.
Note: There is no default OSB_Home environment variable, which is used to refer to this
directory, unlike the ORACLE_HOME variable used with Oracle Database installations.
After your <OSB_Home> directory is created, change your current directory to the <OSB_Home>
directory, and execute the setup program from your staging area, which in this example is the
/stage/osb_10_1cdrom directory. If you use your CD-ROM drive as your staging area, use a
command similar to /cdrom/cdrom0/setup. In the above example, a stage directory is used
instead of a CD-ROM drive.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 11 - 6
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Administrative Server Installation: Example
Welcome to Oracle's setup program for Oracle Secure Backup.
This program loads Oracle Secure Backup software from the CD-
ROM to a filesystem directory of your choosing.
This CD-ROM contains Oracle Secure Backup version 10.1.060420.
Please wait a moment while I learn about this host... done.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
You may load any of the following Oracle Secure Backup
packages:
1. linux32 (RH 2.1, RHEL 3, RHEL 4, SuSE 8, SuSE 9)
administrative server, media server, client
2. solaris64 (Solaris 2.8 and later, SPARC)
administrative server, media server, client
Enter a space-separated list of packages you'd like to load.
To load all
packages, enter 'all' [1]: 1
Administrative Server Installation: Example
As you can see, several numeric choices are displayed for various platforms, including Solaris, and
several flavors of Linux. Select the number that corresponds to the installation package for the UNIX
platform that you are running. The above example uses Linux.
You have the option of selecting multiple machines on which to install Oracle Secure Backup.
Simply list all package numbers, separated by spaces, on the same line. For example, to install Oracle
Secure Backup software for Solaris and Linux machines, you would respond as shown here:
To load all packages, enter 'all' [1]: 1 2
If you choose to install packages for other operating systems on the local host, you can use these files
to install Oracle Secure Backup on designated hosts in the administrative domain by using a network
connection.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 11 - 7
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Administrative Server Installation: Example
Loading Oracle Secure Backup installation tools... done.
Loading linux32 administrative server, media server, client...
done.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Loading of Oracle Secure Backup software from CD-ROM is
complete. You may unmount and remove the CD-ROM.
Would you like to continue Oracle Secure Backup installation
with 'installob' now? (The Oracle Secure Backup Media
Management Installation Guide contains complete information
about installob.)
Please answer 'yes' or 'no' [yes]: yes
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Administrative Server Installation: Example (continued)
installob is the primary installation script for Oracle Secure Backup. It can be called in a stand-
alone fashion by invoking the installob shell script.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 11 - 8
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Administrative Server Installation: Example
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Welcome to installob, Oracle Secure Backup's UNIX installation
program.
It installs Oracle Secure Backup onto one or more UNIX, Linux,
or other supported open-source systems on your network.
(Install Oracle Secure Backup for Windows using the CD-ROM from
which you loaded this software.)
For most questions, a default answer appears enclosed in square
brackets. Press Enter to select this answer.
Please wait a few seconds while I learn about this machine...
done.
Have you already reviewed and customized install/obparameters
for your Oracle Secure Backup installation [yes]? yes
Administrative Server Installation: Example (continued)
A preconfigured obparameters file was created during the installation process.
If you respond yes, the installation continues.
If you respond no to the above prompt, you will be prompted to rerun installob after updating
the parameter file. You can use a text editor to edit the obparameters file in the
/usr/local/oracle/backup/install/ directory (referred to as the
<OSB_Home>/install directory). Various parameters are defined that you can configure to meet
the needs of your business. For example, you can modify parameters for:
Oracle Secure Backup daemon observiced automatic startup at boot time
Automatic creation of an Oracle Secure Backup user, called oracle, that is assigned the
oracle class, and preauthenticated to be used by RMAN
Oracle Secure Backup directory names
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 11 - 9
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Administrative Server Installation: Example
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
You can choose to install Oracle Secure Backup in one of
two ways:
(a) interactively, by answering questions asked
by this program, or
(b) in batch mode, by preparing a network
description file
Use interactive mode to install Oracle Secure Backup on
a small number of hosts. Use batch mode to install
Oracle Secure Backup on any number of hosts.
Which installation method would you like to use (a or b)
[a]? a
Administrative Server Installation: Example (continued)
You continue with the installation using one of the following two methods:
If you quit the setup program to modify the obparameters file, then start the installob
script using the following commands (logged in as root):
# cd <Oracle Secure Backup software directory>
# install/installob
(The Oracle Secure Backup software is installed by default in the
/usr/local/oracle/backup directory)
If you did not exit the setup program, indicate that the obparameters file is acceptable, and
the program continues by calling the installob installation script.
You then select one of the following installation modes:
(a) interactive mode: The software is installed on one machine at a time. After each installation,
you are asked if you want to install the software on another machine.
(b) batch mode: You can use this to create or modify a network description file, which is a text
file that describes your network configuration. The setup program uses the information in this
file to push the subset of the Oracle Secure Backup software that is required for Oracle Secure
Backup to run on the remote machine.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 11 - 10
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Administrative Server Installation: Example
Oracle Secure Backup is not yet installed on this
machine.
Oracle Secure Backup's Web server has been loaded, but
is not yet configured. You can install this host one of
three ways:
(a) administrative server
(the host will also be able to act as a media
server or client)
(b) media server
(the host will also be able to act as a
client)
(c) client
If you are not sure which way to install, please refer
to the Oracle Secure Backup Installation Guide. (a,b or
c) [a]? a
Administrative Server Installation: Example (continued)
After specifying the method of installation, you specify the role for this machine. In this example,
this is the first time Oracle Secure Backup is being installed on the network, so you choose an
administrative server installation.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 11 - 11
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Administrative Server Installation: Example
Beginning the installation. This will take just a minute and
will produce
several lines of informational output.
Installing Oracle Secure Backup on edrsr10p1 (Linux version
2.4.21-20.ELsmp)
You must now enter a password for the Oracle Secure Backup
'admin' user.
Oracle suggests you choose a password of at least 8 characters
in length,
containing a mixture of alphabetic and numeric characters.
Please enter the admin password:oracle << not echoed >>
Re-type password for verification:oracle << not echoed >>
Administrative Server Installation: Example (continued)
Choose a password for the admin user, which follows your security strategies.
During the software installation, the installob script displays output relating to the actions it
performs. This information varies among operating systems. The output may also be different if the
obparameters file was modified.
generating links for admin installation with Web server
checking Oracle Secure Backup's configuration file (/etc/obconfig)
setting Oracle Secure Backup directory to /usr/local/oracle/backup in
/etc/obconfig
setting local database directory to /usr/etc/ob in /etc/obconfig
setting temp directory to /usr/tmp in /etc/obconfig
setting administrative directory to /usr/local/oracle/backup/admin in
/etc/obconfig
protecting the Oracle Secure Backup directory
removing /etc/rc.d/init.d/qrserviced
creating /etc/rc.d/init.d/observiced
activating observiced via chkconfig
initializing the administrative domain
creating default oracle user
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 11 - 12
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Administrative Server Installation: Example
Is edrsr4p1 connected to any tape libraries that you'd
like to use with Oracle Secure Backup [no]? no
Is edrsr4p1 connected to any tape drives that you'd like
to use with Oracle Secure Backup [no]? no
Would you like to install Oracle Secure Backup on any
other machine [yes]? no
Installation summary:
Installation Host OS Driver OS Move Reboot
Mode Name Name Installed? Required? Req?
admin edrsr4p1 Linux no no no
Oracle Secure Backup is now ready for your use.
Administrative Server Installation: Example (continued)
After the Oracle Secure Backup software has been installed, you are asked if you want to configure
any tape libraries that might be attached to the current host.
If you do not have any devices to configure, or you do not want to configure the devices at this time,
you can press [Enter] to accept the default value of no. You can configure devices at a later time
using EM or the makedev interface.
Next, you are given the option of performing a remote installation of Oracle Secure Backup to
another machine using the software already installed on the administrative server. In this example,
you decide not to perform any further installations from this machine.
After the software installation completes, an installation summary appears.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 11 - 13
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Wizard-Based Installation on Windows
Wizard-Based Installation on Windows
Start your Windows installation by running the setup.exe program. This activates the
InstallShield wizard. Answer the questions of the InstallShield wizard, such as your customer
information, your server role definition, your predefined Oracle user, and other questions needed to
complete the installation on a Windows server.
Oracle Secure Backup supports configuring the administrative domain on a host running the
Windows operating system.
To support running an administrative server on Windows, the GNU SMTP implementation is
replaced with an Oracle-developed one.
During the installation process, the Oracle Secure Backup Setup wizard copies all Oracle Secure
Backup files to the local host and generates Windows Registry entries.
The default directory on Windows is C:\Program Files\Oracle\Backup\, which is
different from the recommended UNIX directory of usr/local/oracle/backup.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 11 - 14
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Oracle Secure Backup Interfaces
Oracle Secure
Backup
.
Enterprise Manager
interface
Web
tool
obtool
Oracle Secure Backup Interfaces
You can use either the GUI interface or the obtool command-line interface (CLI) to access the
Oracle Secure Backup information. In all cases, you must use a valid username and password.
For example, if you want to view the Oracle Secure Backup users, you can choose any of these three
interfaces:
You can start the Web tool by entering https://<host_name> into your Web browser.
Click the Configure tab, and then click Users.
You can start Enterprise Manager by entering http://<host_name>:1158/em into your
Web browser, and then select the following: Maintenance > Oracle Secure Backup Device and
Media > Configure > Users.
You can start the obtool command line by entering obtool in a terminal window, and then
the lsuser command.
Note: Enterprise Manager is the recommended interface.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 11 - 15
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Integration with Enterprise Manager
The Oracle Secure Backup Device and
Media link evokes the Oracle Secure
Backup Administrative Server page in EM.
The File System Backup and Restore link
evokes the Oracle Secure Backup Web tool.
Integration with Enterprise Manager
Oracle Secure Backup has been integrated with Enterprise Manager (Database Control and Grid
Control). It can be accessed through the Maintenance page.
By using the EM interface, you can manage the Oracle Secure Backup administrative domain,
performing tasks such as adding or deleting media servers or tape devices, and scheduling RMAN
backups for the database.
The Web tool is the best interface to use file-system backups, adding and deleting clients, managing
defaults and polices, and managing Oracle Secure Backup users.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 11 - 16
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
em_admin_server_home.gif
Oracle Secure Backup
Administrative Server Page
Oracle Secure Backup Administrative Server Page
Within the Enterprise Manager framework, Oracle Secure Backup has an intuitive Administrative
Server home page that provides an overview of your administrative domain.
From this management console, you can perform management tasks for the administration domain by
clicking the appropriate links:
Administrative server (the Edit settings link)
Media servers
Media families
Volumes (the Details link)
Devices (the Manage link, or click the device name in the Devices table)
Note: For file-system backups, a link to invoke the Oracle Secure Backup Web tool is conveniently
located at the bottom of the page.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 11 - 17
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Configuring the Administrative Server in EM
Configuring the Administrative Server in EM
Before you can use Enterprise Manager to manage your administrative domain, you must first
configure the administrative server information within EM.
Connect to the EM Database Control on the administrative server. From the Maintenance page, click
the Oracle Secure Backup Device and Media link in the Oracle Secure Backup section. This takes
you to the Add Administrative Server page if this is the first time you are trying to access Oracle
Secure Backup from Database Control on that host.
On the Add Administrative Server page, you need to specify the Oracle Secure Backup home
directory, which is the directory specified during the software installation. EM assumes that the local
host is the Oracle Secure Backup administrative server and enters the local host name for the
administrative server name. After specifying the administrative server host, you need to enter the
Oracle Secure Backup administrative username and password (for example, admin). Then, click
OK.
You can also navigate to the Add Administrative Server page by clicking the Backup Settings link on
the Maintenance page. When the Backup Settings page is displayed, scroll down to the Oracle Secure
Backup section and click Configure. On the Administrative Server Login page, you can choose the
Add a new administrative server option, or change the current login information.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 11 - 18
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
web_home_page.gif
Oracle Secure Backup
Web Tool Home Page
Oracle Secure Backup Web Tool Home Page
The Oracle Secure Backup Web tool Home page provides a snapshot of the current status of Oracle
Secure Backup jobs and devices, presenting important summary information to administrators and
users.
The Home page includes the schedule times and statuses of recent jobs as well as job IDs, job type,
and job level. Oracle Secure Backup provides a link for failed jobs, alerting users and administrators
to potential trouble spots.
The Devices link lists the devices associated with each job along with information concerning device
type, device name, and status. This page provides you with an overall sense of the various backup or
restore processes that are going on.
The Web tool provides a graphic interface for just about all of the Oracle Secure Backup features,
such as:
Flexible scheduling options for backups of file-system data:
- Specify backups based on time of day, days of the week, month, quarter, or year
- Schedule backups to start immediately or at a future date
Backup windows to minimize impact on day-to-day backup operations
Ability to create off-site backups for remote storage without disturbing currently scheduled
incremental backups of the same data
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 11 - 19
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Common obtool Commands
lsvol --all or lsvol --library <libname> Volumes
lsmf --long
Media families
lsds (for dataset information)
lspiece (for RMAN backup pieces)
lsbackup (for file system backups)
lssection (for backup image sections)
Backups
lsjob [-a | -c | -p]
lsbw (backup windows)
lssched
Jobs and schedules
id, lsuser, lsclass User info
Storage selectors
Devices
Hosts
Category
lshost -l
lsssel
lsdev
obtool Command
Common obtool Commands
The table in the slide lists some of the common obtool commands you can use to query the Oracle
Secure Backup administrative and catalog data. Depending upon the information you want to
retrieve, you may use additional options to specify the amount of information returned, such as
listing all the volumes for a particular media family or listing only completed jobs.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 11 - 20
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Configuring Oracle Secure Backup Users
Configuring Oracle Secure Backup Users
The Users page lists all the users authorized by Oracle Secure Backup along with their class names
and e-mail addresses.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 11 - 21
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Adding Oracle Secure Backup Users
Adding Oracle Secure Backup Users
To configure one or more users, perform the following steps:
1. From the Web tool Home page, click the Configure tab in the menu bar.
2. Click Users in the submenu under Basic. The Users page appears.
3. Click the Add button to add a new user. A dialog box appears for entering a username.
4. Enter a username in the User field. Formally, it is unrelated to any other name used in your
computing environment or the Oracle Secure Backup administrative domain. Practically, you
might find it convenient to choose Oracle Secure Backup usernames that are identical to users
Windows or UNIX names.
5. Enter a password for the user in the Password field. This password is used to log in to Oracle
Secure Backup.
6. Select a class from the User class list.
7. Optionally, enter a given name in the Given name filed. This name is for information purposes
only.
8. Enter a UNIX name for this account in the UNIX name field. This name forms the identity of
any nonprivileged jobs run by the user on UNIX systems. If this Oracle Secure Backup user
will not, or is not permitted to, run Oracle Secure Backup jobs on UNIX systems, the user can
leave this field blank.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 11 - 22
Adding Oracle Secure Backup Users (continued)
9. Enter a UNIX group name for this account in the UNIX group field. This name forms the
identity of any nonprivileged jobs run by the user on UNIX systems.
10. In the NDMP server user list, select yes if you want Oracle Secure Backups NDMP server to
accept a login from this user using the username and password you have supplied. This is not
required for normal Oracle Secure Backup operation and is typically set to no.
11. Enter the e-mail address for the user in the Email address field. When Oracle Secure Backup
wants to communicate with this user, such as to deliver a summary report or notify the user of a
pending input request, it does so by sending an e-mail to this address.
12. Choose one of the following:
- Click Apply to add the user account and remain in this page.
- Click OK to add the user account and return to the Users page. The user account appears in
the User Name box on the Users page. A message appears in the Status box informing you
that the user was successfully added.
- Click Cancel to avoid the operation and move back one page.
13. If the user you configured needs to initiate backup and restore operations on Windows clients,
refer to the Assigning Windows Account Information section.
Note: Oracle Secure Backup creates the admin user when a new administrative domain is
initialized. You cannot remove the admin user.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 11 - 23
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Preauthorizing Access
Preauthorizing Access
To provide preauthorized access, you can modify parameters for an existing user account:
1. From the Users page, select the name of the user from the User Name box.
2. Click the Edit button. A page appears with details for the user you selected.
3. Make any required changes. To modify users, you need to be a member of a class that has this
right enabled.
4. Choose one of the following:
- Click Apply to remain in this page.
- Click OK to save the changes and return to the Users page.
- Click Cancel to avoid the operation and move back one page.
If your Oracle Secure Backup user needs to initiate backup and restore operations on Windows
clients, then you need to add Windows Domains information.
To configure RMAN and/or command-line preauthorization, click Preauthorized Access and
specify the appropriate attributes. The combination of Hosts, OS username, and Windows
domain name must be unique.
Note: For more information about the Oracle Secure Backup user, see the lesson titled Managing
Oracle Secure Backup Security.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 11 - 24
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Summary
In this lesson, you should have learned how to:
Install Oracle Secure Backup on Linux
Choose an Oracle Secure Backup interface
Register the administrative server in EM
Add an Oracle Secure Backup user with preauthorized
access
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 11 - 25
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Practice Overview
This practice covers the following topics:
Creating your Oracle Secure Backup home directory
Installing the Oracle Secure Backup software
Configuring virtual test devices
Registering your administrative server with EM
Inserting four volumes into the tape library
Defining a new Oracle Secure Backup user
Configuring preauthorization for this user
Note: Completing all practice steps is a prerequisite for all
the following practices.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Using RMAN and Oracle Secure Backup
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 12 - 2
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Objectives
After completing this lesson, you should be able to:
Create database backup storage selectors
Describe integrated disk and tape backup
Perform Oracle-suggested backup to tape
Determine database recovery
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 12 - 3
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
RMAN and Oracle Secure Backup
Basic Process Flow
Oracle Secure Backup
Client:
Database server
Administrative
server
Media server
RMAN
Data being
backed up
5
4
3
2
1
RMAN and Oracle Secure Backup Basic Process Flow
1. RMAN initiates backup.
2. Oracle Secure Backup creates the backup job.
3. Oracle Secure Backup executes the job (transfers data from client to media).
4. Oracle Secure Backup updates its own catalog.
5. RMAN updates its repository.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 12 - 4
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
RMAN Database Backup to Tape
Oracle Secure
Backup
Database
backup
storage
selector
Preauthorized
RMAN user
Oracle
server
session
SBT
library
1. Configure
Interface Options
RMAN
Enterprise
Manager
2. Perform Backup and Restore
Oracle Secure
Backup
RMAN Database Backup to Tape
The RMAN database backup to tape consists of two steps:
1. Configure preauthorization and a database storage selector in Oracle Secure Backup.
2. Use RMAN to perform your backup and restore operation.
When you install Oracle Secure Backup, the installer automatically performs the following
tasks:
Copies the SBT library to the /lib subdirectory of the <OSB_Home> directory
Creates a symbolic link to the library in the /lib or /usr/lib directory
So, by default, you are automatically using Oracle Secure Backup each time you allocate an
SBT_TAPE channel with RMAN.
On a host that has Oracle Secure Backup installed, RMAN searches for and loads the SBT
library, when an SBT channel is allocated. RMAN looks in a platform-specific default location
for the SBT library. On UNIX or Linux, the default library file name is libobk.so, with the
extension name varying according to platform: .so, .sl, .a, and so on. On Windows, the
default library location is %ORACLE_HOME%\bin\orasbt.dll.
When you access Oracle Secure Backup from RMAN, all you do is allocate a channel of type
SBT_TAPE, and then run RMAN commands to back up or restore your database.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 12 - 5
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Database ID
Media family
Host
Database
name
Content
Restricted
devices
Wait time
Database Backup Storage Selector
Database
backup
storage
selector
Copy number
Database Backup Storage Selector
Database backup storage selectors are for backups of Oracle databases. Oracle Secure Backup
uses information encapsulated in storage selectors to interact with RMAN when performing
backup operations. Oracle Secure Backup maintains storage selectors as an object type on the
administrative server.
When RMAN performs an Oracle database backup to devices and media managed by Oracle
Secure Backup, RMAN passes the database name, content type, and copy number to Oracle
Secure Backup. With this information Oracle Secure Backup determines the corresponding
database backup storage selector. This selector informs Oracle Secure Backup which devices, if
any, to restrict this backup to and which media family (if any) to use.
Database backup storage selectors enable you to specify which resources should be used by SBT
backups. A database backup storage selector object contains the following information:
The database name or ID. An asterisk character (*) indicates that the storage selector
applies to all databases.
The name of the hosts to which this selector applies. An asterisk character (*) indicates that
the storage selector applies to databases residing on all available hosts.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 12 - 6
Database Backup Storage Selector (continued)
The name of the media family to use for backups under the control of this storage
selector object
The backup content to which this selector applies. The content may be one or more of the
following:
- archivelog: Backs up or restores database archived redo logs
- full: Backs up or restores the database files, regardless of when they were last
backed up. This option is the same as a level 0 backup.
- incremental: Backs up or restores only data that has been modified since the last
backup, regardless of the backup level
- autobackup: Backs up or restores control files
- * : Represents all content types
The names of devices to which backups controlled by this storage selector are restricted.
You specify the restriction in one of the following forms:
- <devicename>: Uses the specified device
- @<hostname>: Uses any device of the specified host
- <devicename>@<hostname>: Uses the specified device attached to the
specified host
When more than one device restriction is specified in a list, Oracle Secure Backup selects
only one of them from the list.
The RMAN copy number to which this selector applies. This is configured for use with
the RMAN commands BACKUP COPIES or CONFIGURE BACKUP COPIES to
duplex backup sets to protect against disaster, media damage, or human error. The copy
number must be an integer in the range of 1 through 4. The default value is an asterisk (*),
which indicates that the storage selector applies to any copy number.
How long to wait for the availability of resources required by backups under the control
of this storage selector. The resource wait time is specified as a duration, which has the
following format:
duration::= forever | disabled |
number {[seconds] | [minutes] | [hours] |
[days] | [weeks] | [months] | [years]}
If the resources do not become available during the specified wait time, RMAN fails the
job.
Note: For more information about creating and managing database backup storage selectors,
refer to the obtool topic, Database Backup Storage Selector Commands, in the Oracle
Secure Backup Reference manual.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 12 - 7
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Defining Database Storage Selectors
Defining Database Storage Selectors
Storage selectors are created, named, and modified by a user belonging to a class with the
modify administrative domain's configuration right.
To create a database backup storage selector, perform the following steps:
1. In EM Database Control, click the Maintenance tab.
2. On the Maintenance page, click the Configure Backup Settings link.
3. On the Configure Backup Settings page, click Configure in the Oracle Secure Backup
section. This takes you to the Backup Storage Selectors page. From there, you can manage
your backup storage selectors. Then, click Return.
You can also use the following example command to create a database storage selector:
mkssel -c * -d * -i * -h EDRSR14P1 -r vt1 ssel1
This example creates a database backup storage selector that is valid for any Oracle database
located on the EDRSR14P1 host. The storage selector object is called ssel1, and it restricts
backups to the vt1 tape drive.
The lsssel command enables you to list the defined database backup storage selectors in your
administrative domain.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 12 - 8
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Media Families and RMAN
Media Families and RMAN
The default content-managed media family is RMAN-DEFAULT. Thus, creating media families
for use in RMAN backups is optional. You may find it useful to create different media families
for the different types of backup sets that you create with RMAN. For example, you may want to
create a media family for archived redo log backups and a separate media family for datafile
backups.
You can create media families in Enterprise Manager. On the Administrative Server page, you
can click the link corresponding to the Media Families number. This takes you to the Media
Families page, where you can create new media families and manage the existing media families
used by Oracle Secure Backup.
Alternatively, you can use the Oracle Secure Backup Web tool to create these media families or
use the mkmf command in obtool.
Note: For more information about how to manage media families within Oracle Secure Backup,
refer to the Oracle Secure Backup Administrators Guide.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 12 - 9
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Oracle Database
Disk and Tape Backup Solution
Flash Recovery
Area space
managed by
RMAN
Automatic
restores from disk
or tape without
user-specified
destination
Optimized backup
to tape
RMAN
Oracle Databases
Oracle Secure Backup
Media Management Layer
RMAN
--- OR ---
Backup directly
to tape
Backup from
disk to tape
Flash
Recovery
Area
Enterprise
Manager
Oracle Database Disk and Tape Backup Solution
The Oracle Database 10g (and later) has a Flash Recovery Area, which is a unified disk storage
location for all database recoveryrelated files. RMAN manages the disk space in the Flash
Recovery Area. With the Flash Recovery Area and Oracle Secure Backup, you can easily deploy
a comprehensive disk and tape backup and recovery strategy for your Oracle databases.
By putting RMAN in control of your backup and restore operation, you simplify your
availability-related processes. You have the most effective restore process because RMAN
automatically restores from the best backup source (which can be disk or tape). If the most
recent backup is not available, RMAN continues with a previous backup. This failover can be
from disk to tape. It does not require any user intervention.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 12 - 10
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Backing Up the Flash Recovery Area to Tape
One simple RMAN command: BACKUP RECOVERY AREA
Advantages of using the Flash Recovery Area to tape:
Performing optimized backups to tape
First restoring from Flash Recovery Area for maximum
performance, then using tape (if needed)
Reducing I/O on databases (separate disk group)
Backing Up the Flash Recovery Area to Tape
To back up the Flash Recovery Area to tape with Oracle Secure Backup, you issue one RMAN
command: BACKUP RECOVERY AREA. Using this disk to tape backup method (instead of
performing a separate backup of the production database to tape) provides a few distinct
advantages:
Saves tape resource with optimized backups of the Flash Recovery Area. It eliminates
unnecessary backup of files, which are already on tape.
Enables RMAN to utilize better restore intelligence: first from disk, then tape as needed.
Otherwise, RMAN use the most recent backup regardless of the storage media.
Reduces I/O (important for production databases) because the Flash Recovery Area uses a
separate disk group
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 12 - 11
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Defining Retention for RMAN Backups
Achieving retention policy with both disk and tape
backups
Defining an RMAN RECOVERY WINDOW retention policy
Using the RMAN DELETE OBSOLETE command:
Deleting obsolete files on disk
Notifying Oracle Secure Backup of backup pieces that are
no longer needed
Defining content-managed media families for RMAN
and Oracle Secure Backup (recommendation)
Now File1 File2
Seven-day retention
RMAN recovery window
Defining Retention for RMAN Backups
By defining retention periods within RMAN, a combination of disk and tape backups are utilized
to meet your recovery requirements. When using the Flash Recovery Area and Oracle Secure
Backup, the recommended RMAN retention policy is the user-defined RECOVERY WINDOW
option. This means, you define a period of time within which point-in-time recovery must be
possible. When defining this recovery window, consider also the following:
Base retention on recovery needs
Size Flash Recovery Area based on desired disk recovery capability
Schedule disk and tape backups through RMAN or EM
If your recovery plan allows for restoration from disk for a certain number of hours each day, the
Flash Recovery Area should be sized to hold the recovery-related files for this time period. The
amount of time backups remain within the Flash Recovery Area is determined by the amount of
available disk space, not by a specific time setting.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 12 - 12
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Backup Settings
Backup Settings
In Enterprise Manager, you must configure Tape Drives (in this screenshot set to 1) and you
must configure a database backup storage selector. Optional, but recommended: You should test
your tape drive.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 12 - 13
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Scheduling Backups with EM
Scheduling Backups with EM
With the EM Database Control Console, you can schedule backups to disk, tape, or both:
1. To schedule a backup, click the Schedule Backup link from the Maintenance page.
2. On the Schedule Backup page, you can choose either the Oracle-suggested backup strategy,
or configure a customized backup.
In the screenshot shown in the slide, the Oracle-suggested strategy is chosen by clicking the
Schedule Oracle-Suggested Backup button. Regardless of whether you accept the suggested
backup method or devise your own, you can choose the type of storage media to use for your
backups.
The Oracle-suggested backup strategy makes a one-time, whole-database backup, which is
performed online. This is a baseline incremental level 0 backup. The automated backup strategy
then schedules incremental level 1 backups for each following day.
By selecting Customized, you gain access to a wider range of configuration options. Select the
objects that you want to back upthe whole database (the default) or individual tablespaces,
datafiles, archived logs, or any Oracle backups currently residing on the disk (to move them to
the tape).
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 12 - 14
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Oracle-Suggested Backup to Tape
Oracle-Suggested Backup to Tape
This is the example for you to explore during your practice session.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 12 - 15
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
RMAN and Oracle Secure Backup Job Execution
RMAN and Oracle Secure Backup Job Execution
To verify that your RMAN and Oracle Secure Backup job executed successfully, review:
Output Log (you can see how RMAN first uses the disk, then the tape)
EM Backup Reports (accessible from the EM Maintenance page)
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 12 - 16
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Managing Database Tape Backups
Managing Tape Backups
Use the Manage Current Backups page to search for and display a list of backup sets or backup
copies. You can then perform management operations on selected copies, sets, or files. You can
access this page from the Maintenance page.
The Manage Current Backups page displays both disk and tape backups, as shown in the slide.
Use the Search section to find backup sets or copies using Status filters to isolate specific
objects. You can use the Contents options to further filter the results list. You can then use the
available functions on the Manage Current Backups page to manage the files or sets displayed in
the Results table.
You can use Catalog Additional Files to catalog backup pieces on disk or to add metadata to the
RMAN repository when adding a new database to an RMAN recovery catalog.
You can ensure that data about backups in the recovery catalog or control file is synchronized
with the corresponding data on disk or in the media management catalog by performing the
Crosscheck All function and scheduling the operation as a job.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 12 - 17
Managing Tape Backups (continued)
You can use the Delete All Obsolete function to remove backups that are obsolete, or eligible for
deletion. You can use the function to create a job that removes the physical files, deletes the
recovery catalog records (if you use a catalog), and updates the records in the target control file
to the DELETED status. If the backup is stored on tape and managed by Oracle Secure Backup,
the Oracle Secure Backup catalog is also updated to indicate that the backup pieces are deleted.
You can create a job using the Delete All Expired function to remove expired records. First, use
the Crosscheck All function to determine whether backups recorded in the repository still exist
on disk or tape. If Enterprise Manager cannot locate the backups, then it updates their records to
the EXPIRED status. Then, you can use the Delete All Expired function to remove the records.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 12 - 18
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Performing Database Recovery
Performing Database Recovery
In Enterprise Manager, you can access the Perform Recovery page from the Maintenance page.
The Perform Recovery page enables you to perform various kinds of database recovery. You can
recover the whole database, a particular datafile, or a tablespace. RMAN automatically retrieves
all the files from backup that are needed for the specified recovery operation, regardless of
whether the files were backed up to disk or tape.
If RMAN requests files from a previous backup that is stored on tape, Oracle Secure Backup
automatically determines which tape to use. If those tapes are not immediately available
(offsite), RMAN will wait for the resources as long as you specify.
You can specify RMAN resource wait times in the following locations, each of which overrides
the preceding specifications in the list:
1. The rmanresourcewaittime policy
2. The RMAN channel configuration parameter OB_RESOURCE_WAIT_TIME
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 12 - 19
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
RMAN Automatic Failover to Previous Backup
RMAN Automatic Failover to Previous Backup
When you need to perform recovery of your database following the loss of data, RMAN
automatically selects the most appropriate backup to restore. RMAN automatically switches to a
previous backup if the most recent backup is not available. This operation is totally transparent
and is automatically done by RMAN.
Failover from disk backups to tape backups is useful when using a Flash Recovery Area with
your Oracle database. The screenshot in the slide illustrates this situation, where the datafile
backup was inadvertently deleted from the Flash Recovery Area. As you can see, RMAN
restored the datafile using the next most recent backup, which was stored on tape by Oracle
Secure Backup. If you use tape backups exclusively in your environment and a backup or tape is
not available, then RMAN and Oracle Secure Backup can fail over to the next most recent
backup on tape.
Note: RMAN and Oracle Secure Backup work in tandem: RMAN performs the datafile or
database recovery. Oracle Secure Backup restores the necessary files, if they are located on tape.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 12 - 20
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Summary
In this lesson, you should have learned how to:
Create database backup storage selectors
Describe integrated disk and tape backup
Perform Oracle-suggested backup to tape
Determine database recovery
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 12 - 21
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Practice Overview
This practice covers the following topics:
Creating a database backup storage selector for your
database
Performing an Oracle-suggested backup to tape
Note: The completion of the database storage selector
practice is required for the following practice sessions.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Backing Up File-System Files
with Oracle Secure Backup
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 13 - 2
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Objectives
After completing this lesson, you should be able to:
Create dataset scripts
Schedule file backups
Submit backup requests
Perform file-system backups
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 13 - 3
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Backing Up File-System Files
with Oracle Secure Backup
Two ways of scheduling data backups of file systems
with Oracle Secure Backup:
On-demand backups
Scheduled backups
Two types of backups:
Full: All specified files
Incremental: Only files that have changed since the last
lower backup
0 1 2 3 2 3 Backup level
Up to nine levels
Full
Backing Up File-System Files with Oracle Secure Backup
You can back up file-system files in two different ways:
By creating on-demand (ad hoc or one-time only) backup jobs and submitting them to the Oracle
Secure Backup scheduler (with the go option)
By using backup schedules, which define backup jobs that run at predetermined times. The
scheduler automatically initiates such jobs at a day and time that you specify.
Using Oracle Secure Backup, you can create two types of backups:
Full backups: A full backup backs up all specified files, regardless of when they were last
backed up. This option is the same as backup level 0. You can also perform a type of full
backup, called an offsite backup, that does not affect the full or incremental backup schedule.
Incremental backups: There are nine different incremental backup levels. In each level, Oracle
Secure Backup backs up only those files that have changed since the last backup at a lower
(numerical) backup level. You can also instruct Oracle Secure Backup to back up only those
files that have been modified since the last backup, regardless of its backup level.
Note: The incr level backups are not supported on certain NAS devices. Notably, this includes
Network Appliance filers.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 13 - 4
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
File-System Backups
Your steps to back up your file system:
Set-up media families.
Create datasets.
For scheduled backups: Create backup windows.
For repeating backups: Create schedule and triggers.
Create and execute backup requests.
File-System Backups
Assuming that you have already configured your administrative domain, you perform the following
steps when using Oracle Secure Backup to create file-system file backups:
1. Log in as a UNIX, Linux, or Windows operating system user that has access to the files to be
backed up, and log in to Oracle Secure Backup with backup privileges.
2. Configure media families to help manage the volumes created by the backup operation, if you
have not done so already.
3. Create a dataset description file that identifies the hosts and files you want to back up.
For scheduled backups, perform the following additional steps:
Create at least one backup window, if you need to restrict the hours in which backups can be
performed. If there are no restrictions, then you can use the default backup window.
Create a schedule for your backup job and add at least one trigger to this schedule.
For on-demand backups, perform the following additional steps:
Create one or more backup requests.
Send your backup requests to the scheduler. Doing so turns each backup request into a backup
job, making it eligible to run.
When you terminate your Oracle Secure Backup session, any backup requests that have not been
submitted, are lost.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 13 - 5
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Managing Media Families
Managing Media Families
From the EM Administrative Server page, you can click the link corresponding to the Media
Families number. This takes you to the Media Families page from where you have the options to Add
a new media family. You can also select an existing media family, and Edit or Remove that media
family.
To add a new media family, perform the following steps:
1. Enter a name for the media family in the Media Family Name field. Normally, this name will
appear as the prefix in each volume ID that uses this media family.
2. Enter a write-allowed time period in the Write window field (seconds, minutes, hours, days,
weeks, months, years). You can set the write window to a specific duration, such as 14 days or
three weeks. All volume sets that are members of the media family remain open for updates for
this period. If you do not specify a write window for a volume set, Oracle Secure Backup
considers the volume set eligible to be updated indefinitely.
3. Enter an amount of time to retain the volume using the Retain Time fields. Oracle Secure
Backup uses this to apply an expiration date to the volume set. If you intend to use this media
family to store RMAN backups, then select the Content Manages Reuse option.
4. Optionally, enter additional information in the Comment field.
5. Click OK to create your new media family.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 13 - 6
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Dataset Script: Examples
Textual
description
that defines which
files to back up
Examples
found in the
samples
directory
labs file1.tmp
/
usr2 usr1 usr3 usr4
home
file2.txt
stc1 stc2 stc3
tmp
file1.temp
labs labs
tmp
file2.junk labs
Dataset Script: Examples
With Oracle Secure Backup, use datasets to describe the list of files you want to back up.
A dataset is a textual description that tells Oracle Secure Backup what files to back up. Datasets
employ a lightweight language. This dataset language gives you great flexibility in building and
organizing datasets for the files you want to protect.
The graphic in the slide illustrates the files that you can find on three different hosts. Using the
dataset script defined in the next slide, you can back up the files in the graphic except the ones
corresponding to the dashed boxes.
To familiarize yourself with the dataset language, you can find examples in the samples subdirectory
of your Oracle Secure Backup home directory.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 13 - 7
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Dataset Script: Examples
# Dataset "common-exclusions":
exclude name tmp
exclude name *.tmp
exclude name *.temp
exclude name *.backup
# Dataset "application files":
exclude name *~
include path /home/usr1
include path /home/usr2
include host stc1
include host stc2
include host stc3 {
include dataset common-exclusions
include path /home/usr3
before backup optional "/etc/local/nfy '/usr3 begin'"
after backup optional "/etc/local/nfy '/usr3 end'"
include path /home/usr4 {
exclude name *.junk } }
Dataset Script: Examples (continued)
Oracle Secure Backups dataset language has the following characteristics:
Comments may appear anywhere following a hash (#) character.
Statements have the form: statement-name [statement-argument] where
statement-name may consist of multiple space-separated words, such as include path.
Some statements may begin a nested block, and statements within the block apply only to the
statement that began the block. These have the form: statement-name [statement-
argument]{ statement-name [statement-argument] ...}
An escape character, \, may appear anywhere to remove the special meaning of the character
following it.
Blank lines are ignored.
The slide shows you two dataset description files that can be used to back up the data shown in the
previous slide.
The first script is used to exclude directories and files starting with tmp, *.tmp, *.temp, and
*.backup.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 13 - 8
Dataset Script: Examples (continued)
The second script is used to back up the following data on hosts stc1, stc2, and stc3:
On stc1 and stc2: /home/usr1 and /home/usr2
On stc3: /home/usr1, /home/usr2, /home/usr3, and /home/usr4 except files
starting with tmp, *.tmp, *.temp, *.backup, and *.junk only for /home/usr4.
When Oracle Secure Backup starts backing up data in /home/usr3 on stc3, it executes the
/etc/local/nfy executable. The same executable is also executed when Oracle Secure Backup
finishes its backup of /home/usr3.
When performing a normal (nondatabase) backup, you may want to skip files that would be included
in a database backup. Examples of such files include the database files themselves, control files, redo
logs, and flashback logs. To exclude these files, specify the exclude oracle files directive
in your dataset.
Note: For more information about the dataset language, refer to the Oracle Secure Backup
Administrators Guide.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 13 - 9
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Creating Datasets
Creating Datasets
Using the Web Tool Interface
You can use the Oracle Secure Backup Web tool to create a dataset:
1. From the Home page, click the Backup tab in the menu bar.
2. On the Backup menu, click Datasets in the submenu under Settings. The Datasets page appears.
Dataset directories appear in the Path box with a slash as the last character in the name.
3. Click the Add button to create a new dataset. When you create a new dataset description, the
initial contents of the dataset are defined by a dataset template.
4. Select File or Directory from the Dataset type list. Like Windows and UNIX file systems, Oracle
Secure Backups datasets are organized in a naming tree. You may optionally create dataset
directories to help you organize your data definitions. Later, you will discover that when you
want Oracle Secure Backup to back up data, you identify the name of the dataset description
defining the data. If you give the name of a dataset directory, it is equivalent to naming all the
dataset description files contained within that directory tree. Dataset directories may be nested
up to 10 levels deep. By default, a dataset file is created under the
<OSB_Home>/admin/config/dataset/NEW_CLIENTS directory.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 13 - 10
Creating Datasets (continued)
Using the Web Tool Interface (continued)
5. In the Name field, enter a name for the dataset.
6. Update the dataset statements displayed in the template file to define your backup data. For
more information, see Dataset Script: Examples, earlier in this module.
7. Choose one of the following:
- Click the Save button to accept your entries and return to the Datasets page.
- Click Cancel to abort the operation and move back one page.
If your dataset has errors, a message appears in the Status section. As you can see in the slide, you
also have the options to check, edit, rename, and remove datasets.
Using the obtool Interface
Similarly, you can manage your dataset directories and description files by using the obtool
interface. The example shown here first looks at the contents of the dataset directory, and then
creates the new directory TEST inside the existing NEWCLIENTS directory. Then, a new dataset
description file called test1 is created inside the TEST directory.
ob> lsds
Top level dataset directory:
NEW_CLIENTS/
ob> cdds NEW_CLIENTS
ob> mkds --dir TEST
ob> cdds TEST
ob> mkds -i test1
Input the new dataset contents. Terminate with an EOF or a
line containing just a dot (".").
exclude name tmp
include path /u01/oracle/solutions
.
Apply your changes [yes]? y
ob> lsds
Dataset directory NEW_CLIENTS/TEST:
Test1
The obtool commands used for managing datasets are as follows:
cdds is used to navigate into the dataset directory structure.
pwdds is used to show you the current path in the dataset directory structure.
lsds is used to list the contents of the current dataset directory.
mkds is used to create both dataset directories and dataset description files. The --dir
option is used for directories. The i option is used to directly enter your dataset description
text without the use of any special editor. As shown in the example, the system asks you to
enter your text and finish it with a dot.
rmds is used to remove both directories and files. The --nq option is used to avoid any
confirmation before doing the removal.
Note: For more information about these obtool commands, refer to the Oracle Secure Backup
Reference manual.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 13 - 11
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Creating Backup Windows
Creating Backup Windows
A backup window is a time range within which Oracle Secure Backup performs scheduled backup
jobs. You must have at least one backup window in order for scheduled backup jobs to run. You can
identify a single backup window that applies to all days of the week, or fine-tune backup windows to
specific weekdays or dates. A default backup window is always created, and is identified as daily
00:00-24:00.
Backup windows have a start time and an end time. Backups are eligible for execution after the start
time specified by a backup window. When the backup window end time arrives, Oracle Secure
Backup completes any backups that have already been started. No more backups are started until the
window opens again or a new window opens.
Perform the following steps to create a backup window by using the Oracle Secure Backup Web tool:
1. From the Backup menu, click Backup Windows in the submenu under Settings. The Backup
Windows page appears.
2. Click the Add button to add a new backup window. The Backup Window page appears.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 13 - 12
Creating Backup Windows (continued)
3. Select a backup window type from the Type field. Your choices are:
- Day range: If you select this option, refer to the Creating Backup Triggers section.
- Date: If you select this option, refer to the Oracle Secure Backup Administrators Guide.
4. Select a local time range (expressed in 24-hour format) from the Time range field. Oracle Secure
Backup will start scheduled backups during this time range. A time range is an interval specified
as <start time>-<end time>, where the start and end times are in the form
hour:minute:second. You can also use a four-digit hour-minute specifier (for example,
1430, which indicates 2:30 p.m.). The time range is based on the local time and takes into
account Daylight Savings Time, if it applies to your locale. If the end time precedes the start
time, Oracle Secure Backup assumes that the end time refers to the following day. For example,
20:0002:00 indicates 8:00 p.m. as the start time and 02:00 a.m. of the next day as the end time.
5. Select one of the following:
- Click OK to save your entries and exit the page. The Backup Windows page reappears.
- Click Cancel to avoid the operation and move back one page.
Using obtool for Backup Windows
obtool has a group of commands that enable you to configure backup windows. A backup window
enables you to specify a time frame for the execution of scheduled backup operations. You can
identify a single backup window that applies to all days of the week or fine-tune backup windows
based on specific days or dates.
When you create a backup window, you specify the time and day range using the syntax:
addbw { --times/-t time-range[,time-range]... }
day-specifier[,day-specifier]...
time-range: Represents a time-of-day range using the syntax start-time-end-time. For
example: 08:00:00-08:30:00 or 1430-14:35:30
day-specifier: Represents a range of time in terms of days using the syntax:
year/month/day | month/day | wday | wday-wday | weekday[s] |
weekend[s] | daily | today | yesterday
wday::=
sunday[s] | monday[s] | tuesday[s] | wednesday[s] |
thursday[s] | friday[s] | saturday[s]
If no backup windows are identified, then scheduled backups will not run. The default backup
window has a day-specifier of 'daily 00:00-24:00'.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 13 - 13
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Creating Backup Schedules
Creating Backup Schedules
A backup schedule indicates to Oracle Secure Backup what data to back up and how to back it up.
You need to execute the following steps to create a schedule using the Oracle Secure Backup Web
tool:
1. From the Backup menu, click Schedules in the submenu under Settings. The Schedules page
appears. Backup schedules appear in the Schedule name box in the central panel.
2. Click the Add button to add a new schedule. The New Schedules page appears.
3. Enter a name for the schedule in the Schedule field.
4. Enter a priority number for the backup job in the Priority field.
5. In the Datasets box, select one or more datasets to include in the backup job.
6. Optionally, select one or more restrictions in the Restrictions box. You can restrict scheduled
backups to specific devices.
7. Optionally, enter any information that you want to store with the backup schedule in the
Comments field.
obtool commands for backup schedules include:
Addbw: To add a new backup window
Chkbw: To check for the existence of a backup window
Lsbw: To list backup windows
Rmbw: To remove a backup window or specific time ranges
Setbw: To change the settings of a backup window
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 13 - 14
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Creating Backup Triggers
Creating Backup Triggers
To create triggers by using the Oracle Secure Backup Web tool, perform the following steps:
1. Navigate first to Backup Schedules, and then to Triggers. The Triggers page appears with the
default setting of Day in the Trigger type field.
2. Using the Trigger type field, select a time representation you want to use to define when to
perform the backup job. Your choices are:
- one time: To perform a backup only once
- day (default): To perform a backup one or more days during the week
- month: To perform a backup one day a month
- quarter: To perform a backup one day per quarter
- year: To perform a backup one day during the year
3. Select a backup level from the Backup level field. You can choose full, incr, offsite, or
an incremental level from 1 through 9.
4. Select the hour and minute to start the backup in the Backup at fields.
5. Select a media family to be used by this scheduled backup in the Media family field.
6. Optionally, choose an expiration time period in the Expire after fields (in seconds, minutes,
hours, days, weeks, months, years, or forever). If the scheduled backup is not started by this
time, it is deleted and not run at all.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 13 - 15
Creating Backup Triggers (continued)
7. Depending on your selection in step 2, you end up having different screens. Here, it is
supposed that the day option is used. Select the days on which Oracle Secure Backup will run
the scheduled backup. Your choices are:
- Select daily: To trigger the schedule to run on all seven days of the week
- Select weekdays: To trigger the backup to run on weekdays only (Monday through
Friday)
- Select weekends: To trigger the backup to run only on weekends (Saturday and Sunday)
- Alternatively, from both the Select weekdays and Select weekends fields, you can
select a mix of individual days on which you can trigger scheduled backups to run. For
example, Monday, Tuesday, and Saturday at 8:00 a.m.
8. Optionally, select an option from the Week in month group. This option enables you to
limit which week in the month the backup schedule will run. Your choice are:
- All: This includes all weeks.
- Selected (First, Second, Third, Fourth, Fifth, and Last): This enables you to specify
the week to include.
9. Optionally, specify weekday exceptions from the Except drop-down list. An exception
prevents Oracle Secure Backup from backing up data on the day that you specify. Your
choices are:
- none (default): To disable an exception
- except: To enable an exception
10. Select a value from the Time drop-down list. Your choices are:
- before: To enable you to specify an exception before a specified day
- after: To enable you to specify an exception after a specified day
11. Select values from the Specify day fields. From the first field, your choices are none, first,
second, third, fourth, and last. From the second field, your choices are Monday, Tuesday,
Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, Saturday, and Sunday.
12. Click one of the following:
- Add to accept your entries and add the trigger
You are returned to the Triggers page with a success message. The schedule is displayed
in the Triggers field. The schedule displays the level of the backup, the time at which it
is to begin, and the days on which the backup is to be performed.
- Edit to modify the trigger
- Remove to delete the trigger
- Cancel to avoid the operation and move back one page
Note: In the slide, you can see how to create a trigger at the day level. For the other levels, refer to
the Oracle Secure Backup Administrators Guide.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 13 - 16
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Previewing a Backup Trigger
Previewing a Backup Trigger
Perform the following steps to preview a backup trigger by using the Oracle Secure Backup Web
tool:
1. Navigate first to Backup Schedules, and then to Triggers.
2. Select the trigger that you want to preview from the Triggers page.
3. Click the Preview button.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 13 - 17
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Creating On-Demand Backup Requests
Creating On-Demand Backup Requests
To create an on-demand backup request with the Oracle Secure Backup Web tool, perform the
following steps:
1. From the Backup page, click Backup Now in the submenu under the Operations section. The
Backup Now page appears. In the backup box in the central panel, each backup request that you
have created but have not yet sent to the scheduler is displayed. Backup requests are identified
by a backup name and number.
2. To create a new backup, click the Add button. The Options page appears.
3. Select one or more datasets from the Datasets box.
4. Optionally, select a future date and time for the backup to run from the Backup date and
Backup time fields. If you leave these fields unchanged, Oracle Secure Backup considers your
backup job immediately available for execution.
5. Optionally, enter an expiration time in the Expire after field. Do this if you want Oracle Secure
Backup to automatically delete this backup job if it has not started within the specified
expiration period after the date and time intervals defined earlier in the Backup date and
Backup time fields.
6. Select a backup level from the Backup level filed. Your choices are: full (default), 1 to 9, incr,
and offsite.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 13 - 18
Creating On-Demand Backup Requests (continued)
7. Select a media family to which the data of this backup should be assigned from the Media
family field.
8. Optionally, select one or more device restrictions from the Restrictions field. Oracle Secure
Backup enables you to restrict backups to one or more of the following:
- A specific tape drive, displayed as devicename
- Any tape drive attached to a specific host, displayed as @hostname
- Any tape drive-host attachment, displayed as devicename@hostname
If you do not set a restriction (the default), your backup job will use any available device at
the discretion of Oracle Secure Backups scheduling system.
9. Optionally, change the priority of the backup job in the Priority field. The default is 100. The
priority of a job is a positive integer value. The lower this value, the greater the priority
assigned to the job by the scheduler. It considers priority 20 jobs, for example, more
important than priority 100 jobs. The scheduler always gives preference to dispatching higher
priority jobs over lower priority ones.
10. Choose whether you want the backup to operate in unprivileged or privileged mode.
Unprivileged mode is the default. An unprivileged backup runs under your UNIX user
identity or Windows account identity, as configured in your Oracle Secure Backup user
profile. Your access to file-system data, therefore, is constrained by the rights of the UNIX
user or Windows account having that identity. On UNIX systems, a privileged backup runs
under the root user identity. On Windows systems, it runs under the same account identity
as the Oracle Secure Backup service on the Windows client.
11. Choose one of the following:
- Click OK to accept your selections. When you do so, Oracle Secure Backup displays
this backup request in the list box on the Backup Now page.
- Click Cancel to avoid the operation and move back one page.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 13 - 19
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Submitting Backup Requests
Submitting Backup Requests
To send backup requests to the scheduler, perform the following steps in the Oracle Secure Backup
Web tool:
1. From the Backup menu, click Backup Now in the submenu under Operations. The Backup Now
page appears.
2. Click the Go button. Oracle Secure Backup sends each backup request that appears in the
Number/Dataset central panel to the scheduler. A message appears in the status section for each
request acknowledged by the scheduler.
Oracle Secure Backup deletes each backup request upon its acceptance by the scheduler. As a
result, the Number/Dataset central panel is empty upon completion of the Go operation.
3. To view the status of your job, go to the Manage page, click the Jobs link. On the Jobs page,
you can see the output of your job by clicking the Show Transcript button.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 13 - 20
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Reviewing Jobs
Reviewing Jobs
On the Manage: Jobs page in the Web tool, you can view a list of jobs according to your selection
criteria. For more details, click a job (it is highlighted), then click Show Properties or Show
Transcript.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 13 - 21
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Summary
In this lesson, you should have learned how to:
Create dataset scripts
Schedule file backups
Submit backup requests
Perform file-system backups
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 13 - 22
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Practice Overview
This practice covers the following topics:
Creating a dataset
Scheduling a backup of the dataset
Note: The completion of this practice is a prerequisite for
the following practice, Restoring a dataset.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Restoring File-System Backups
with Oracle Secure Backup
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 14 - 2
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Objectives
After completing this lesson, you should be able to:
Browse the catalog for file-system backup data
Create catalog-based restore requests
Perform file-system restoration
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 14 - 3
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Browsing the Catalog for
File-System Backup Data
Browsing the Catalog for File-System Backup Data
The administrative server maintains a catalog in which it stores metadata relating to backup and
restore operations for the administrative domain. Oracle Secure Backup maintains a discrete backup
catalog for each client in your administrative domain.
When you browse a backup catalog, Oracle Secure Backup presents the data in the form of a file-
system tree, just as it appeared on the client from which the data was saved. For example, if you
backed up the /home/myfile.dat file located on myhost, the backup catalog for myhost
represents the contents of the backup image as /home/myfile.dat.
At the root of the backup catalog appears the superdirectory, which contains all files and directories
saved from the uppermost file-system level. The superdirectory provides you with a starting point
from which to access every top-level file-system object stored in the backup catalog. For Windows
clients, this superdirectory contains the drive identifiers, such as C:.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 14 - 4
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Restoring File-System Data
Restoring the needed files is easily accomplished
using the Oracle Secure Backup catalog.
Tree-style browsing of all backups
Multiple query options for fast identification of needed
files
You can restore files to the original location or an
alternative location.
The end-user restore ability is based on user-level
permissions.
Fast restoration from tape is accomplished by using
tape position data obtained during backup.
Restoring File-System Data
You can gain practical experience with this during the practice session.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 14 - 5
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Restoring File-System Files with
Oracle Secure Backup
Two ways to restore data:
Catalog-based restore: Based on catalog backup
history
Directly from Media: Based only on the data contained
in the volumes
Referred to as a RAW restore and is not commonly used
Recommended only for Advanced users
Restoring File-System Files with Oracle Secure Backup
With Oracle Secure Backup, you can restore data in two different ways:
By browsing backup catalogs for the file-system objects of interest. After you have located their
names and selected the instances to restore, you may direct Oracle Secure Backup to perform the
restore. This is called catalog-based restore.
By knowing the names of the file-system objects of interest and the secondary storage location
(volume ID and backup image file number) in which they are stored. This is called raw restore.
For more information about raw restores, see the Oracle Secure Backup documentation.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 14 - 6
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
The Restore Page
The Restore Page
You can use the Oracle Secure Backup Web tool to restore your saved files. You do this from the
Restore page. To access the Restore page from the Web tool Home page, click the Restore tab on the
menu bar.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 14 - 7
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Listing All File-System Backups of a Client
Listing All File-System Backups of a Client
Perform the following steps to list all backups of a client by using the Oracle Secure Backup Web
tool:
1. From the Restore: Backup Catalog page, select any host from the Hosts Name list.
2. Click Browse Host. Oracle Secure Backup displays the Browse Host page.
3. Drill down to the file or directory for which you want to display the available backups. Click the
List Host Backups button. A properties page appears. Click the Close button when you have
finished viewing this window.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 14 - 8
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Creating a Catalog-Based Restore Request
Creating a Catalog-Based Restore Request
To browse a backup catalog for data restore, perform the following steps:
1. From the Web tool Home page, click the Restore tab on the menu bar. The Restore page
appears.
2. On the Restore page, click the Backup Catalog link in the Operations section.
3. On the Browse Restore Catalog page, select the client from which the data was originally saved
in the Host Name list.
4. Select one or more data selectors from the Data Selector list box.
5. Select a View mode: Inclusive or Exact.
6. Optionally, enter the path name of the directory you want to browse in the Path field. If you do
not do this, Oracle Secure Backup displays the uppermost directory in the clients naming
hierarchy that it has backed up.
7. Click Browse Host. Oracle Secure Backup displays the Browse Host page with the selected
directory displayed.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 14 - 9
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Creating a Catalog-Based Restore Request
Creating a Catalog-Based Restore Request (continued)
8. On the Browse Host page, click a directory name to make it your current directory and view its
contents. You can repeat this operation many times to find the data you want to restore. You
can choose a directory to restore (and all its contents), or you can choose to restore individual
files.
9. You can change the Data selector, and then click Apply to redisplay the page.
10. You can also seamlessly change the View mode without leaving this page.
11. Select the check box next to the name of each file-system file or directory that you want to
restore. Doing so creates an Oracle Secure Backup restore request for each instance of the file
identified by the data selector.
To learn the identity of those instances, view the objects properties page by clicking the adjacent
Properties button. When you do, Oracle Secure Backup displays a pop-up window. After viewing the
pop-up window, click Close.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 14 - 10
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Creating a Catalog-Based Restore Request
Creating a Catalog-Based Restore Request (continued)
12. On the Browse Host page, after you have selected the objects that you want to be restored, click
the Add button. The New Restore page appears.
13. Optionally, enter an alternative path name for each file or directory to restore. The original path
name of each object you previously selected appears in the lower-left portion of this page. To
its right is a text box in which you may enter the alternative path name. If you leave this blank,
Oracle Secure Backup restores the data using its original name.
14. Optionally, select the Device option and select a tape drive to use to perform the restore. By
default, Oracle Secure Backup automatically selects the tape drive to use.
15. Choose whether you want the restore to operate in unprivileged or privileged mode.
Unprivileged mode is the default. An unprivileged restore runs under your UNIX user identity
or Windows account identity, as configured in your Oracle Secure Backup user profile. The
privileged mode uses the root or administrator accounts. (You must have appropriate
rights to choose this option.)
16. Optionally, enter one or more obtar options in the Obtar option(s) field. For example,
-J enables debug output and provides a high level of detail in the job transcript. For details
about obtar options, refer to the Oracle Secure Backup Reference Guide.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 14 - 11
Creating a Catalog-Based Restore Request (continued)
17. Select the No high speed positioning check box if you do not want to use the available
position data to speed up the restore.
18. Select the NDMP incremental restore check box to direct certain NAS data servers to apply
incremental restore rules. Normally, recoveries are additive: each file and directory restored
from a full or an incremental backup is added to its destination directory. When you select
NDMP incremental restore, NAS data servers that implement this feature restore each directory
to its exact state as of the last incremental backup image applied during the restore job. Files
that were deleted before the last incremental backup are deleted by the NAS data service upon
restore of that incremental backup.
19. Select Replace existing files to overwrite any existing files with those restored from the
backup image. Alternatively, select Keep existing files to keep any existing files instead of
overwriting them with files from the backup image.
20. If you are restoring to a Windows system, select Replace in-use files to replace in-use files
with those from the backup image. Windows deletes each in-use file when the last user closes
it. Alternatively, select Keep in-use files to leave any in-use Windows files unchanged.
21. Click OK. Oracle Secure Backup displays the Browse Host page. The restore request you just
made appears in the Restore items list. Oracle Secure Backup displays the message, Success:
file(s) added to restore list, in the status area.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 14 - 12
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Submitting Restore Requests
Submitting Restore Requests
Submitting a restore request initiates the creation of an Oracle Secure Backup job.
Perform the following steps to send catalog-based restore requests to the scheduler by using the
Oracle Secure Backup Web tool:
1. From the Browse Restore Catalog page, select any host from the Hosts Name list.
2. Click Browse Host. Oracle Secure Backup displays the Browse Host page.
3. Click Go. The Web tool sends each restore request that appears in the Restore items list box to
the scheduler. A message appears in the status area for each request acknowledged by the
scheduler. It may say, for example: 2 catalog restore request items
submitted; job id is admin/2. Oracle Secure Backup deletes each restore request
upon its acceptance by the scheduler. As a result, the Restore items list is empty upon
completion of the Go operation.
4. To view the status of your job, go to the Manage page, and click the Jobs link. On the Jobs
page, select restore in the Types field, and click Apply. You can see the output of your job.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 14 - 13
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Summary
In this lesson, you should have learned how to:
Browse the catalog for file-system backup data
Create catalog-based restore requests
Perform file-system restoration
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 14 - 14
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Practice Overview
This practice covers performing file-system restoration.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Managing Oracle Secure Backup Security
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 15 - 2
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Objectives
After completing this lesson, you should be able to:
Manage user access control for Oracle Secure Backup
Describe host authentication
Determine backup security characteristics
Describe encryption
Perform an encrypted database backup and restore
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 15 - 3
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Guarding Access and Data
Proven Security
Technology
User Access Control
Fine-granularity of control
with users assigned to a class
of privileges
Server Authentication
Two-way ID verification
Encryption
Data and message level
Guarding Access and Data
For a comprehensive coverage of Oracles security concepts and tools, see the course titled
Oracle Database 10g: Security.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 15 - 4
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Managing User Access Control .
Oracle Secure Backup user:
Is different from an Oracle schema and an OS user
Has one set of access rights
Belongs to only one class
Class Class
Set of user rights
Set of user rights
> Access Control
Authentication
Encryption
Managing User Access Control
Oracle Secure Backup maintains its own catalog of Oracle Secure Backup users and their
rights on the administrative server. This is in addition to the database access and operating
system control. By storing Oracle Secure Backup access control information about the
administrative server, Oracle Secure Backup maintains a consistent user identity across the
administrative domain.
A set of rights is grouped into a class, which can be assigned to multiple users. However,
each user is a member of exactly one class. An Oracle Secure Backup user is different from an
Oracle schema user, as well as an operating system user. You can assign Oracle Secure
Backup usernames and passwords that are identical to or different from those of existing
operating system users. Each Oracle Secure Backup user is associated with a single UNIX
account and a single Windows account. These UNIX and Windows accounts are used when
some component of Oracle Secure Backup needs to assume a UNIX or Windows identity
when running on behalf of a given Oracle Secure Backup user.
Note: You might find it convenient to name Oracle Secure Backup users like their OS user
identity.
To configure Oracle Secure Backup users, you must belong to a class with the Modify
administrative domains configuration right.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 15 - 5
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Predefined Classes and User Rights
Rights admin operator user oracle reader
Browse backup catalogs with this access
Display administrative domain's configuration
Modify own name and password
Modify administrative domain's configuration
Perform backups as self
Perform backups as privileged user
List any jobs owned by user
Modify any jobs owned by user
Perform restores as self
Perform restores as privileged user
Receive e-mail requesting operator assistance
Receive e-mail describing internal errors
Query and display information about devices
Manage devices and change device state
List any job, regardless of its owner
Modify any job, regardless of its owner
Access Oracle backups
Perform Oracle backups and restores
Privileged
all
notdenied
all
permitted
owner
permitted
owner
named
none
Predefined Classes and User Rights
A class defines a set of rights or access privileges. Oracle Secure Backup comes with the
following predefined classes:
admin: Is used for the overall administration of a domain. The admin class has all the
rights and privileges needed to modify domain configurations and perform backup and
restore operations.
operator: Is used for standard day-to-day operations. The operator class lacks
configuration privileges but has all the rights needed for backup and restore operations as
well as viewing and managing devices.
user: Is assigned to specific users giving them permission to interact in a limited way
with their domains. This class is reserved for users who need to browse their own data
within the Oracle Secure Backup catalog and perform user-based restores.
oracle: Is similar to the operator class with specific privileges to modify Oracle
database configuration settings, as well as to perform Oracle database backups and
restores
reader: Enables users to view the Oracle Secure Backup catalog data. Readers are
permitted only to modify the given name and password for their Oracle Secure Backup
user accounts.
You can use the mkclass command to define your own Oracle Secure Backup user class.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 15 - 6
Predefined Classes and User Rights (continued)
Here is the explanation of each right:
Browse backup catalogs with this access:
- Privileged: Users can browse all directories.
- Notdenied: Users can browse any directory for which they are not explicitly denied
access. This option differs from permitted in that it allows access to a directory
having no stat record stored in the catalog.
- Permitted: Users can browse a directory to which, based on operating system file
ownership and protection, they have read rights.
- Named: Users can browse a directory if the UNIX user defined in the Oracle Secure
Backup identity is listed as the owner of the directory or the UNIX group defined in
the Oracle Secure Backup identity matches the group of the directory. If the UNIX
user defined in the Oracle Secure Backup identity has read rights for the directory,
but is not the UNIX owner or a member of the UNIX group associated with the
directory, then the user is not able to browse the directory.
- None: Users have no rights to browse any directory.
Display administrative domains configuration allows the class member to list objects
(for example, hosts, devices, and users) in the administrative domain.
Modify own name and password allows the class member to modify certain attributes
for their own user objects (password and given name).
Modify administrative domains configuration allows the class member to edit (create,
modify, rename, and remove) all configuration data in an Oracle Secure Backup
administrative domain. These include classes, users, hosts, devices, defaults and policies,
schedules, datasets, media families, summaries, and backup windows.
Perform backups as self allows the class member to back up only those files and
directories in which they have access (using either UNIX user and group names or a
Windows domain account).
Perform backups as privileged user allows the class member to back up files and
directories while acting as a privileged user (root on UNIX and as a member of the
Administrators group on Windows).
Perform recoveries as self allows the class member to recover the contents of backup
images under the restrictions of the access rights imposed by the users UNIX name/group
or Windows domain/account.
List any jobs owned by user enables the class member view:
- Status of scheduled, ongoing, and completed jobs that they create
- Transcripts for job that they create
Modify any jobs owned by user allows the class member to modify only jobs that they
configured.
Perform restore as self enables class members to restore the contents of backup images
under the restrictions of the access rights imposed by the users UNIX name or group, or
the Windows domain and account.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 15 - 7
Predefined Classes and User Rights (continued)
Perform restore as privileged user allows the class member to recover the contents of
backup images as a privileged user (root on UNIX and as a member of the
Administrators group on Windows).
Receive e-mail requesting operator assistance allows the class member to receive e-
mail messages when Oracle Secure Backup needs manual intervention. Occasionally,
during backups and recoveries, operator assistance may be requiredfor example, if a
new tape is required to continue a backup. In such cases, e-mails are sent to all users who
belong to classes having this attribute.
Receive e-mail describing internal errors enables the class member to receive e-mail
messages describing errors that occurred in any Oracle Secure Backup activity.
Query and display information about devices allows the class member to query the
state of all storage devices configured within the administrative domain.
Manage devices and change device state allows a class member to control the state of
devices.
List any job, regardless of owner allows the class member to view:
- Status of any scheduled, ongoing, and completed jobs
- Transcripts for any job
Modify job, regardless of owner permits the class member to make changes to any job.
Access Oracle backups specifies the type of access to Oracle Database backups made
through the SBT interface. The values are as follows:
- owner indicates that the user can access only SBT backups created by the user.
- class indicates that the user can access SBT backups created by any Oracle Secure
Backup user in the same class.
- all indicates that the user can access all SBT backups.
- none indicates that the user has no access to SBT backups.
Perform Oracle backups and restores enables the class member to back up and restore
Oracle databases. Users with this right are Oracle Secure Backup users that are mapped to
operating system accounts used when performing Oracle database installations.
SBT requests will be honored only if the OS account making the request is mapped to an
Oracle Secure Backup user who has the Oracle database backup/restore right. In addition to
this, SBT restore, query, and remove requests will be honored only if the OS account making
the request is mapped to an Oracle Secure Backup user whose Access Oracle backups right
allows access to the piece requested.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 15 - 8
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Defining an Oracle Secure Backup User
Oracle
Secure
Backup
user
Name & password
Class
privileges
UNIX username
and group
Windows domain
account & password
E-mail address
NDMP access
authorization
Given name
Preauthorization
user information
Defining an Oracle Secure Backup User
Here is a description of the parameters that need to be specified when creating Oracle Secure
Backup users:
The name of the Oracle Secure Backup user as well as his or her password
The Oracle Secure Backup class to which this user is assigned
A UNIX username and group
A Windows domain name, user account, and password. If your Oracle Secure Backup
user needs to initiate backup and restore operations on Windows clients, then you need to
add the Windows Domains information.
An indicator as to whether or not the Oracle Secure Backup user is permitted to log in to
an NDMP server. This login is done using an external client program.
An e-mail address used to send Oracle Secure Backup operation notifications and reports
The given name of the user, if different from the username (optional)
An indicator as to whether or not the operating system user has preauthorized access to
the administrative domain as the specified Oracle Secure Backup user. You can
preauthorize Oracle Secure Backup users for the use of the obtool, RMAN, or both. For
example, the OS user oracle could be preauthorized to use Oracle Secure Backup as the
oracle Oracle Secure Backup user, without having to supply an Oracle Secure Backup
username or password.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 15 - 9
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Oracle Secure Backup User:
OS Permissions
osbuser1 can only back
up and restore data
accessible to
UNIX name: jdoe
UNIX group: sysadmin
% obtool
Oracle Secure Backup 10.1
login: osbuser1
Oracle Secure Backup User: OS Permissions
When writing backup data to tape, you need to log in to Oracle Secure Backup. You can login
explicitly or transparently by using "preauthorization".
Oracle Secure Backup uses the class and rights assigned to the osbuser1 user, to determine
whether or not the requested action is allowed. In this example, the osbuser1 user can only
back up and restore data accessible by the jdoe UNIX user and the sysadmin UNIX group.
The UNIX name and group are the identity under which an unprivileged backup operation will
be performed.
When an Oracle Secure Backup user makes an unprivileged backup or restore of a host, the
host is accessed by means of an operating system identity. If a UNIX or Linux host is backed
up or restored, then Oracle Secure Backup uses the UNIX username and group values for the
operating system identity; if a Windows host is backed up or restored, however, then Oracle
Secure Backup uses the first (domain, account, password) triplet that allows access to the
host.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 15 - 10
Oracle Secure Backup User: OS Permissions (continued)
The OS user that is used to access the files being backed up depends upon the type of backup
operation:
If you create a scheduled job, the backup runs in the OS namespace associated with the
Oracle Secure Backup admin user, which is typically root on UNIX-like systems or
LocalSystem on Windows systems.
If you perform an on-demand backup, the OS namespace associated with the Oracle
Secure Backup user of the current session is used, unless you specify the backup should
run as a privileged operation. A backup that runs in privileged mode runs under the root
operating system identity. On Windows systems, the backup runs under the same account
as the Oracle Secure Backup service on the Windows client. Backup and restore requests
submitted through the RMAN interface are treated as on-demand jobs.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 15 - 11
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Preauthorization
run {
allocate channel oem_sbt_backup1 type 'SBT_TAPE' format '%U';
}
RMAN script:
Preauthorized users do
not log in explicitly.
Preauthorization
You can preauthorize Oracle Secure Backup users for the use of obtool, RMAN or both.
Using the example from the previous slide, the jdoe OS user can be preauthorized to use
Oracle Secure Backup as the osbuser1 Oracle Secure Backup user, without having to
supply an Oracle Secure Backup username or password. Preauthorization for file system
backups is primarily used to avoid login to Oracle Secure Backup when running custom
scripts. Without preauthorization, the script would fail because access to Oracle Secure
Backup would not be granted without user login.
While obtool preauthorization is optional, RMAN preauthorization is required to
successfully back up or restore the Oracle database. Oracle database backups are evoked from
RMAN or Enterprise Manager which then communicates with Oracle Secure Backup.
Because access to Oracle Secure Backup requires login as an authorized Oracle Secure Backup
user, the communication attempt will fail unless the Oracle Secure Backup user has been
preauthorized to perform RMAN backup and restore on that host.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 15 - 12
Preauthorization (continued)
When Oracle Secure Backup receives communication from RMAN (though sbt), Oracle
Secure Backup verifies that an Oracle Secure Backup user meets key criteria:
RMAN preauthorization on that host
Confirm a match using OS user identity of the Oracle instance associated with the
database (which is usually "oracle")
User assigned to a class with rights to back up and/or restore Oracle database
If these three criteria have not been successfully met, Oracle Secure Backup will not perform
the RMAN backup or restore requests.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 15 - 13
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Assigning Windows Account Information
Assigning Windows Account Information
You can associate an Oracle Secure Backup user with multiple Windows domain accounts or
use a single account that applies to all Windows domains.
This section explains how to configure Windows account information for existing Oracle
Secure Backup users who need to initiate backups and restores on Windows clients.
To assign Windows account information to an Oracle Secure Backup user, perform the
following steps:
1. From the Users page, select the name of the user from the User Name box.
2. Click the Edit button. A page appears with details for the user you selected.
3. Click the Windows Domains button. The Windows Domains page displays.
4. Enter a Windows domain name in the Domain name field. Type an asterisk (*) in this
box for all Windows domains.
5. Enter a Windows user account in the Username field.
6. Enter a Windows password in the Password field.
7. Click the Add button to add the Windows account information. The domain appears in
the Domain: Username list.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 15 - 14
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Messages sent securely
Authentication
Ethernet Network
X.509 certificate
transmitted
proving identity
Identity verified
Reply submitted
SSL communication
established; backup or
restore operations may
proceed
The identity of each host is securely established before
accepting communications.
1
2
3
4
Access Control
> Authentication
Encryption
Authentication
For hosts to securely exchange control messages and backup data within the domain, they
must first authenticate themselves to one another. Host connections are always two-way
authenticated with the exception of the initial host invitation to join a domain and
communication with NDMP servers.
In two-way authentication, the hosts participate in a handshake process whereby they mutually
decide on a cipher suite to use, exchange identity certificates, and validate that each others
certificate has been issued by a trusted certificate authority (CA). At the end of this process, a
secure and trusted communication channel is established for the exchange of data.
The use of identity certificates and SSL prevents outside attackers from impersonating a client
in the administrative domain and accessing backup data. For example, an outside attacker
would not be able to run an application on a nondomain host that sends messages to domain
hosts that claim origin from a host within the domain.
Note: Currently, the NDMP protocol does not include a mechanism to accommodate the
negotiation of an SSL connection to NDMP filers.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 15 - 15
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Leveraging Oracle Security Technology
Interdomain communications are secured by using the
Secure Socket Layer (SSL) protocol.
Backup messages are encrypted as part of SSL
communication.
Two-way authentication of clients and servers is
performed, with an SSL handshake verifying identity.
Every client and server has a unique X.509 certificate
signed by a trusted Certificate Authority (CA).
The Oracle Secure Backup administrative server is the CA
that issues and manages security credentials within the
domain.
Oracle Wallets are encrypted containers storing X.509
certificates on all machines within the domain.
Leveraging Oracle Security Technology
Oracle Secure Backup uses the SSL protocol to establish a secure communication channel
between hosts in an administrative domain. Any host in the domain can use a public key to
send an encrypted message to another host, but only the host with the corresponding private
key can decrypt the message. The default key size for all hosts in the domain is 1,024 bits. If
you accept this default, then you do not need to perform any additional configuration. You can
set the size of the key to values between 512 (not secure) and 4,096 (very secure). The
Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) defines three standard key lengths, which are 128-bit,
192-bit, and 256-bit.
The Web server requires a signed X.509 certificate and associated public and private keys to
establish an SSL connection with a client browser. The X.509 certificate for the Web server is
self-signed by the installation script when you install Oracle Secure Backup on the
administrative server.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 15 - 16
Leveraging Oracle Security Technology (continued)
You can modify the default security configuration in the following ways:
Disable SSL for interhost authentication and communication by setting the
securecomms security policy.
Transmit identity certificates in manual certificate provisioning mode.
Set the key size for a host to a value greater or less than the default of 1,024 bits.
Disable encryption for backup data in transit by setting the encryptdataintransit
security policy.
For more information about how to modify the secure settings for your installation, refer to the
Oracle Secure Backup Administrators Guide.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 15 - 17
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Administrative Server
Certificate Authority (CA)
Media server
and client
Administrative
server
Identity
certificate
Signing
certificate
Wallet Wallet
Identity
certificate
Administrative Server Certificate Authority (CA)
The Oracle Secure Backup Administrative server is automatically configured as the Certificate
Authority (CA) upon installation. During the installation of an administrative server, its wallet
(encrypted and obfuscated) is created along with a signing certificate and identity certificate.
The administrative server has the signing certificate, which it needs to sign the identity
certificates for other hosts, and its identity certificate, which it needs to establish authenticated
SSL connections with other hosts in the domain.
By default, wallets and identity certificates are automatically created during the installation of
media servers and clients. However, you can manually provision these certificates by using the
obcm utility. For more information about obcm and manual certificate provisioning, see the
Oracle Secure Backup Reference guide.
The encrypted wallets should be backed up, whereas the obfuscated wallets should not be
backed up. If a host wallet becomes destroyed, the host must be reinstalled and configured.
This generates a new host wallet, which again is to be digitally signed by the administrative
server. If the administrative server wallet is destroyed, the wallet must be re-created using the
--initnewdomain command. However, if a new administrative server wallet is created,
then a new wallet for each host in the domain must be created, so that their identity certificates
are digitally signed by the new administrative server signing certificate.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 15 - 18
Administrative Server Certificate Authority (CA) (continued)
Because Oracle Secure Backupembedded wallets are used only for interdomain
communication, they do not have any direct relationship to the backup data written to tape.
Therefore, if wallets are destroyed and re-created, it does not affect the restoration of data
from tape.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 15 - 19
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Oracle Wallets
Oracle Secure Backup creates a unique wallet for every
host in the administrative domain. (No additional
configuration is needed.)
The wallets contain X.509 certificates, but no
encryption keys (unlike the database wallets).
There are two types of wallets:
A password protected, encrypted file to establish security
credentials
An obfuscated wallet, used by Oracle Secure
Backup daemons
Note: Back up the encrypted wallet regularly,
but never the obfuscated one.
Oracle Wallets
When you add hosts to the administrative domain, Oracle Secure Backup creates the wallet,
keys, and certificates for each host. No additional intervention or configuration is required. All
required wallet functionality is embedded in Oracle Secure Backup, thereby eliminating the
need for other wallet utilities.
Every host in the domain, including the administrative server, has a private key known only to
that host that is stored with the hosts identity certificate. This private key corresponds to a
public key that is made available to other hosts in the administrative domain. Any host in the
domain can use a public key to send an encrypted message to another host, but only the host
with the corresponding private key can decrypt the message. Oracle Wallets are encrypted
containers designed to store X.509 certificates. Unlike the database encryption key wallet, the
Oracle Secure Backup wallet does not store encryption keys for data.
Oracle Secure Backup does not share its wallets with other Oracle products.
Besides maintaining its password-protected wallet, each host in the domain maintains an
obfuscated wallet. This version of the wallet does not require a password. The obfuscated
wallet, which is scrambled but not encrypted, enables the Oracle Secure Backup software to
run without requiring a password during system startup.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 15 - 20
Oracle Wallets (continued)
The password for the password-protected wallet is generated by Oracle Secure Backup and not
made available to the user. The password-protected wallet is not normally used after the
security credentials for the host have been established because the Oracle Secure Backup
daemons use the obfuscated wallet.
To reduce the risk of unauthorized access to obfuscated wallets, Oracle Secure Backup does
not back them up. The obfuscated version of a wallet is named cwallet.sso. By default,
the wallet is located in /usr/etc/ob/wallet on Linux and UNIX and C:\Program
Files\Oracle\Backup\db\wallet on Windows.
Best practice tip: Backup the encrypted wallet.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 15 - 21
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Encrypted Backups to Tape .
RMAN backup encryption:
Encryption keys are transparently managed by the
database
Backup encryption at the database or tablespace level
Encryption algorithms up to 256-bit AES
Secure transportation over the network:
Database backups with RMAN encryption
File-system backups with SSL
RMAN encrypted backups on tapeonly available with
Oracle Secure Backup.
Access Control
Authentication
> Encryption
Encrypted Backups to Tape
Oracle Secure Backup leverages RMAN backup encryption technology, such as:
Encryption keys being transparently managed by the database
Your ability to choose backup encryption at the database or tablespace level. (This is in
addition to the Transparent Data Encryption (TDE), which you can use inside the Oracle
database.)
Substantial protection through encryption algorithms up to 256-bit AES
During transportation over the network, database backups are secured with RMAN encryption
(in which case, no additional SSL is used). If your database backups are not encrypted by
RMAN, Oracle Secure Backup uses SSL by default. It also secures your file-system backups
over the network by using SSL.
To store RMAN encrypted backups on tape, you need to use Oracle Secure Backup.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 15 - 22
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Creating RMAN Encrypted Backups
RMAN offers three encryption modes:
Transparent mode:
Uses the Oracle key management infrastructure
Requires that you first configure Oracle Encryption
Wallet
Password mode: Requires the use of the SET
ENCRYPTION ON IDENTIFIED BY password ONLY
command in your RMAN scripts
Dual mode: Requires the use of the SET ENCRYPTION
ON IDENTIFIED BY password command in your RMAN
scripts
Creating RMAN Encrypted Backups
For improved security, RMAN backup set backups can be encrypted. Any RMAN backups
created as backup sets can be encrypted. Image copy backups cannot be encrypted.
Encrypted backups are decrypted automatically during restore and recover operations, as long
as the required decryption keys are available, by means of either a user-supplied password or
the Oracle Encryption Wallet.
RMAN supports three encryption modes:
Transparent mode
Password mode
Dual mode
Additional information about each mode follows.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 15 - 23
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Using Transparent Mode Encryption
Perform the following steps:
1. Create a wallet using Oracle Wallet Manager:
2. Open the wallet:
3. Set the master key:
ENCRYPTION_WALLET_LOCATION=
(SOURCE=(METHOD=FILE)(METHOD_DATA=
(DIRECTORY=/opt/oracle/product/10.2.0/db_1/)))
ALTER SYSTEM SET ENCRYPTION WALLET OPEN IDENTIFIED
BY <password>;
ALTER SYSTEM SET ENCRYPTION KEY IDENTIFIED BY
<password>;
Using Transparent Mode Encryption
Transparent encryption does not require DBA intervention as long as the required Oracle key
management infrastructure is available. Transparent encryption is best suited for day-to-day
backup operations, where backups will be restored on the same database that they were backed
up from. Transparent encryption is the default encryption mode.
You must first configure the Oracle Encryption Wallet to use transparent encryption. Refer to
the Oracle Advanced Security Administrators Guide for detailed information about the Oracle
Encryption Wallet.
Perform the following steps to use transparent mode encryption:
1. Create a wallet using Oracle Wallet Manager. By default, an unencrypted wallet
(cwallet.sso) is created when Oracle Database is installed. An encrypted wallet
(ewallet.p12) is recommended for use with backup set encryption. Place an entry in
the sqlnet.ora file as shown in the slide.
2. Open the wallet. Before you can use backup set encryption , you need to make sure that
the wallet is opened by your instance. The password specified with the ALTER SYSTEM
command is the same password you specified when you created the wallet in step 1.
3. Set the master key from within your instance. When the wallet is opened, you need to set
the master key.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 15 - 24
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Using Transparent Mode Encryption
4. Configure RMAN encryption level (database,
tablespace, or database excluding tablespaces):
5. Set encryption algorithm, if needed:
SET ENCRYPTION ALGORITHM 'algorithm name'
CONFIGURE ENCRYPTION FOR DATABASE ON
CONFIGURE ENCRYPTION FOR TABLESPACE
<tablespace_name> ON
Using Transparent Mode Encryption (continued)
4. Configure the RMAN encryption level. The CONFIGURE ENCRYPTION command is
used to specify encryption settings for the database or tablespaces within the database,
which apply unless overridden using the SET command. Options specified for an
individual tablespace take precedence over options specified for the whole database.
5. Set encryption algorithm, if needed. Query V$RMAN_ENCRYPTION_ALGORITHMS to
obtain a list of encryption algorithms supported by RMAN. The default encryption
algorithm is 128-bit AES.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 15 - 25
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Using Password Mode Encryption
Enable password mode encryption in your RMAN session:
SET ENCRYPTION ON IDENTIFIED BY <password> ONLY
Using Password Mode Encryption
When you use password encryption, you must provide a password when you create and restore
encrypted backups. When you restore the password-encrypted backup, you must supply the
same password that was used to create the backup. Password encryption is most appropriate
for backups that will be restored at remote locations, but which must remain secure in transit.
Use the SET ENCRYPTION ON IDENTIFIED BY password ONLY command in your
RMAN scripts to enable password encryption. Password encryption cannot be persistently
configured.
Note: For security reasons, it is not possible to permanently modify your existing backup
environment so that RMAN backups are encrypted using the password mode. You can enable
only password-encrypted backups for the duration of an RMAN session.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 15 - 26
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Using Dual Mode Encryption
Dual-mode encrypted backups can be restored
transparently or by specifying a password.
Enable password mode encryption in your RMAN
session:
SET ENCRYPTION ON IDENTIFIED BY 'password'
Using Dual Mode Encryption
Dual-mode encrypted backups can be restored transparently or by specifying a password.
Dual-mode encrypted backups are useful when you create backups that are normally restored
using the Oracle Encryption Wallet, but which occasionally need to be restored where the
Oracle Encryption Wallet is not available.
To create dual-mode encrypted backup sets, specify the SET ENCRYPTION ON
IDENTIFIED BY password command in your RMAN scripts.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 15 - 27
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Restoring Encrypted Backups
Before restoration, set the RMAN session to decrypt
backups.
Specify all required passwords with the SET
DECRYPTION command when restoring from a set of
backups that were created with different passwords.
SET DECRYPTION IDENTIFIED BY '<password_1>'
{, '<password_2>',,'<password_n> }
Restoring Encrypted Backups
Use the SET DECRYPTION command to specify one or more decryption passwords to be used
when reading dual-mode or password-encrypted backups. When RMAN reads encrypted
backup pieces, it tries each password in the list until it finds the correct one to decrypt that
backup piece. An error is signaled if none of the specified keys are correct.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 15 - 28
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Performing Encrypted Recovery
1
2
Performing Encrypted Recovery
While performing encrypted database recovery from tape and disk, you can notice the
following:
1. The SET DECRYPTION command is executed.
2. The recovery completed successfully and the EXAMPLE tablespace is brought back
online.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 15 - 29
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Summary
In this lesson, you should have learned how to:
Manage user access control for Oracle Secure Backup
Describe host authentication
Determine backup security characteristics
Describe encryption
Perform an encrypted database backup and restore
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 15 - 30
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Practice Overview
This practice covers the following topics:
Perform a password encrypted database backup
Attempt to restore a tablespace without encryption
password
Perform decrypted restoration
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Managing the Administrative Domain
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 16 - 2
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Objectives
After completing this lesson, you should be able to:
Describe Oracle Secure Backup processes
Configure policies and defaults
Browse primary Oracle Secure Backup catalogs
Manage clients
Manage media servers (tape devices and libraries)
Manage volumes
Manage jobs
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 16 - 3
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
> Daemons
Policies
Catalogs
Clients
Media Serv.
- Devices
- Libraries
Volumes
Jobs
Oracle Secure Backup Processes: Daemons
Administrative server Client
observiced
obproxyd
obscheduled
observiced
obhttpd
obixd
obproxyd
Media server
observiced
obrobotd
obndmpd
obproxyd
Oracle Secure Backup Processes: Daemons
To oversee data protection activities among diverse hosts, devices, and databases, you define
an administrative domain. There must be one and only one administrative server for each
administrative domain.
The administrative server includes:
Oracle Secure Backup catalog, a directory structure with host-specific subdirectories. This
means, the contents vary depending on the roles you assign to the host. An administrative
server has the central catalog with configuration and metadata.
Daemons (or services), which are processes, that run in the background and perform OSB
operations on behalf of an application
Some daemons run continually; others run only to perform specific work and then exit when
they have finished. The Oracle Secure Backup daemons actively participate in managing
backup and restore operations:
observiced daemon: On the administrative server, this daemon runs jobs (such as
backups and restores) at the request of the obscheduled daemon, cleans up old log
files and transcripts, and provides access to Oracle Secure Backup configuration data to
other hosts in the domain.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 16 - 4
Oracle Secure Backup Daemons (continued)
observiced daemon (continued)
The observiced daemon starts the obscheduled daemon and the Web server
during initialization. When running on a client or media server, observiced is
primarily responsible for invoking Oracle Secure Backup programs in response to a
request from the administrative server. On all hosts, the observiced daemon is
normally started as part of system startup and runs continually. On UNIX and Linux,
startup is usually performed through entries in /etc/init.d, whereas on a Windows
host, the observiced daemon is started by the Service Control Manager.
obscheduled daemon: This daemon initiates scheduled events and manages jobs. The
daemon receives job creation requests from obtool users and from the SBT interface in
response to RMAN commands.
obixd daemon: This daemon manages the backup catalog. One instance of this daemon
runs for each client whenever the contents of that clients catalog must be read or updated.
Apache Web server daemon (obhttpd): This daemon provides the Web tool GUI for
Oracle Secure Backup.
obndmpd daemon: This daemon implements the NDMP tape service and provides
media services to remote clients. It is launched by the observiced daemon in response
to client requests to open a channel to a tape drive that is not locally connected to the
client.
obrobotd daemon: This daemon is launched by the observiced daemon in response
to requests to manipulate tapes in a tape library. One instance of this daemon runs for
each tape library whenever the services of that tape library are required.
obproxyd daemon: This daemon verifies user access for SBT backup and restore
operations. The proxy daemon runs on the host that contains the SBT library accessed
during the operations. The invocation of the proxy daemon is platform specific. The proxy
daemon uses the operating system user identity of the process invoking the SBT library
and the local host name to determine the Oracle Secure Backup user account for the
backup operation. If a preauthorization exists for this OS user and host, and if the
associated Oracle Secure Backup user is permitted to perform RMAN backups, then the
login to Oracle Secure Backup is permitted.
On a host running the Windows operating system, only the observiced daemon runs as a
Windows service. The other Oracle Secure Backup daemons do not run as services.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 16 - 5
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Managing Common Daemon Operations
Managing Common Daemon Operations
Oracle Secure Backup daemons respond to a common set of control commands. Sending
control commands to daemons is an infrequently performed task that you would normally use
only under the guidance of Oracle Support Services.
The daemon control commands are:
dump: To direct the daemon to dump internal state information into its log file
reinitialize: To direct the daemon to reread configuration data from the file
system
debugon: To direct the daemon to generate extra information to its log file
debugoff: To cancel a previous debugon command. This is the default state.
To send a command to a daemon, perform the following steps:
1. From the Web tool Home page, click the Manage tab.
2. From the Manage page, click the Daemons link in the Maintenance section.
3. On the Daemons page, select a daemon from the Type list.
4. From the Host list, select the host on which the daemon is running.
5. Select a command from the Command list.
6. Click Apply to accept your selections.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 16 - 6
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Managing Policies and Defaults
Oracle Secure Backup provides customizable
administrative policies to easily manage simple
or complex environments:
Policy settings for devices, catalog indexing, log
management, and general backup and recovery
operations
E-mail notification of system events and reports
Policies that control the behavior of daemons and
services
NDMP Data Management Agent (DMA) defaults
Policies that control aspects of domain security
Daemons
> Policies
Catalogs
Clients
Media Serv.
- Devices
- Libraries
Volumes
Jobs
Managing Policies and Defaults
Defaults and policies are configuration data that control how Oracle Secure Backup operates
within an administrative domain. The data is maintained on the administrative server.
Oracle Secure Backup is preconfigured with a set of defaults and policies for fast deployment
in most environments. Oracle Secure Backup policies are grouped into several policy classes.
Each policy class contains policies that describe a particular area of Oracle Secure Backup
operations:
Daemon policies
Device policies
Index policies
Log policies
Media policies
Naming policies
NDMP policies
Operations policies
Scheduler policies
Security policies
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 16 - 7
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Configuring Oracle Secure Backup Policies
1
3
2
Configuring Oracle Secure Backup Policies
To modify the policies settings by using the Web tool, perform the following steps:
1. From the Configure page, select Defaults and Policies.
2. Click the name of the policy that you want to modify.
3. Make any required changes.
4. Choose one of the following:
- Click Apply to remain in this page.
- Click OK to save the changes and return to the Configure page.
- Click Cancel to avoid the operation and move back one page.
5. Operations: You can set operation policies to specify the following:
- Whether Oracle Secure Backup updates backup history data every time a client host
is backed up
- Whether Oracle Secure Backup creates volume and backup image labels for a new
backup image whenever it backs up data
- Whether Oracle Secure Backup performs block-level verification after each backup
section is completed
- Additional options to apply to scheduler-dispatched backup and restore operations,
such as enabling diagnostic output mode with the obtar -J option
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 16 - 8
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Oracle Secure Backup:
Backup Metadata Catalogs
File-system metadata: indices.cur
Piece catalog: sbtpiece.dat and sbtpiece.idx
Volumes catalog: volumes.dat and volumes.idx
Backup sections catalog: archives.dat and
archives.idx
Daemons
Policies
> Catalogs
Clients
Media Serv.
- Devices
- Libraries
Volumes
Jobs
Oracle Secure Backup: Backup Metadata Catalogs
The Oracle Secure Backup catalog is a collection of backup metadata catalogs and
configuration files. They are centrally located on the Administrative server in a hierarchical
file system under the <OSB_Home> directory. The following are the four primary catalogs:
1. File-system backup metadata is stored for each client in the indices.cur catalog (also
known as the index database). That means, if the administrative server has 100 clients, it
has 100 indices.cur files. The indices.cur file is located in the
/usr/local/oracle/backup/admin/history/host/<host_name>
directory.
2. Oracle database backup piece metadata is stored in the sbtpiece.dat and
sbtpiece.idx files.
3. A listing of all tapes, which contain backups registered with the Oracle Secure Backup
catalog, is stored in the volumes.dat and volumes.idx files. When a tape is
overwritten, the volumes catalog is immediately updated.
4. Information about backup sections is stored in the archives.dat and
archives.idx files. This is important when a backup spans multiple volumes.
The last three catalogs are located in the
/usr/local/oracle/backup/admin/state/general/ directory.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 16 - 9
Oracle Secure Backup: Backup Metadata Catalogs (continued)
After volumes have been overwritten or unlabeled, the backup metadata is no longer needed.
The index daemon will automatically remove this backup metadata from the catalog at the
interval set by the indexcleanupfrequency index policy (default is 21 days).
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 16 - 10
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Oracle Secure Backup: Directory Structure
/usr/local/oracle/backup
<OSB_Home> directory
help
samples
Administrative server
man
admin apache
conf
htdocs
images
logs
modules
config
history
log
state
device bin etc
lib tools.linux32
.drv.linux32
Oracle Secure Backup: Directory Structure
The Oracle Secure Backup home directory is created on every host where you install Oracle
Secure Backup, although the contents of the directory vary depending on the roles you
assigned to the host. The illustration in the slide shows the installed directories for an
administrative server on a Linux operating system. The directories in the dashed box contain
executable files, or information related to storage devices. Not shown in the slide are the
following directories: .bin.linux32, .etc.linux32, and .lib.linux32.
Oracle Secure Backup maintains its own centralized catalog on the administrative server. The
Oracle Secure Backup catalog contains all the information used to define your configuration
and also metadata relating to your backup and restore operations. Oracle Secure Backup
organizes its catalog in a hierarchical way. The admin directory contains the administrative
domain catalogs.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 16 - 11
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Backing Up the Catalog
1. Create a dataset that includes:
Oracle Secure Backup home directory
The /etc/obconfig file
The /usr/etc/ob directory
2. Create a backup request, either on-demand or
scheduled.
3. Submit the backup request to the scheduler.
4. Store the volume set in a known location.
Backing Up the Catalog
Given that you know that you will need the catalog backup only in dire circumstances, you
should make special provisions when storing the backup, such as:
Storing the volume set in a known location so that the tapes can be retrieved without
having to look up which volumes were used to store the backup
Configuring the operations/backupoptions policy to use the -v option (if you
configured a scheduled backup). This generates a full transcript and lists all the files
backed up. Then, save the transcript along with the tapes. For additional protection, you
can back up the /usr/etc/ob directory, which is the job transcript directory.
You may also want to save a copy of the SCSI parameters used to create the device special
files for your tape devices. This can assist you in reconfiguring the tape devices during disaster
recovery of your administrative server. The parameter specifications should be saved along
with the volumes that contain the catalog backup.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 16 - 12
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Adding Clients
Daemons
Policies
Catalogs
> Clients
Media Serv.
- Devices
- Libraries
Volumes
Jobs
Adding Client
Adding Clients may be your most common management task:
1. In the Oracle Secure Backup Web tool, click Configure, and then click Hosts.
2. Select the Suppress communication with host check box if you want to add a (stand-
alone) machine to the administrative domain.
3. Click the Add button. Then enter a host name of your choice in the Host field. The name
must be unique among all Oracle Secure Backup host names.
4. Optionally, enter one IP interface name in the IP Interface name(s) field. If you leave
this blank, Oracle Secure Backup uses the name of the host (step 3) as the resolvable IP
name for the host.
5. Select a status from the Status field. Your choices are:
- In service: Indicates that the machine is logically available for backup and restores
- Not in service: Indicates that the machine is unavailable
6. Select one or more administrative domain roles for the host from the Roles field.
7. Select an access method for the host (if applicable) from the Access method field. Your
choices are: ob or NDMP.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 16 - 13
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Adding Media Servers
Daemons
Policies
Catalogs
Clients
> Media Serv.
- Devices
- Libraries
Volumes
Jobs
Adding Media Servers
From the Administrative Server page, you can click the link corresponding to the number of
configured Media Servers in the administrative domain.
This takes you to the Media Servers page from which you can manage your media servers. On
the Media Servers page, click Add to add a new media server to your administrative domain.
To configure a new media server on the Add Media Server page, perform the following steps:
1. Select the Suppress communication with host check box if you want to add a host to the
administrative domain that is not yet connected to the network.
2. Enter the name by which you want to refer to the host in the Name field. The host you
choose must be unique among all Oracle Secure Backup host names.
3. Optionally, enter one IP interface name in the DNS Hostname(s) or IP Address(es)
field. If you leave this blank, Oracle Secure Backup uses the name you assigned to the
host in step 2 as the resolvable IP name for the host.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 16 - 14
Adding Media Servers (continued)
4. Select a status from the Status field. Your choices are:
- In Service: Indicates that the machine is logically available to perform backup and
restore operations
- Not In Service: Indicates that the machine is logically unavailable to perform
backup or restore operations
5. Select an access method for the host (if applicable) from the Access Mode field. Your
choices are:
- Native: The host contains a local installation of Oracle Secure Backup.
- NDMP: The host is accessed through the Oracle Secure Backup RPC protocol (plus
NDMP) or solely through Network Data Management Protocol (NDMP).
6. Click OK.
Note: For more information about how to manage media servers within Oracle Secure
Backup, refer to the Oracle Secure Backup Administrators Guide.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 16 - 15
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
NAS Devices
Communicate via NDMP
Do not require installation of Oracle Secure
Backup software on NAS appliance
Support local data transfer (from file server directly to
and from tape drives) with simultaneous central
management
May be a client or media server but not an
administrative server
Daemons
Policies
Catalogs
Clients
Media Serv.
> - Devices
- Libraries
Volumes
Jobs
NAS Devices
The Network Data Management Protocol (NDMP) defines a common architecture for backups
of heterogeneous file servers on a network. NDMP allows administrators to back up data using
any combination of compliant networkattached servers, backup devices, and management
applications. With NDMP, network congestion is minimized because the data path and control
path are separated. Backups can occur locallyfrom file servers directly to tape drives
whereas management occurs centrally.
NDMP is commonly used by NAS devices, which are also known as filers, to perform backup
and restore operations without requiring an Oracle Secure Backup installation on the
appliance. The filer communicates with the backup software through NDMP. This model is
very different from the classical backup model, which requires the installation of an agent or
backup software component on each host to communicate and perform backup and restore
operations as directed by the backup software server.
For supported NAS devices, see Certify on MetaLink.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 16 - 16
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Adding NDMP Media Servers
Adding NDMP Media Servers
If you select NDMP in the Access Mode field on the Add Media Server page, the following
additional options should be specified for your new host:
1. Select an authorization type from the Authentication Type field. The authentication type
defines the way in which Oracle Secure Backup authenticates itself to the NDMP server.
Typically, you should use the negotiated default setting. Your choices are:
- default: Uses the value of the Authentication type for the NDMP policy
- none: Attempts to use the NDMP server from Oracle Secure Backup without
providing authentication data (this is usually unsuccessful)
- negotiated: Instructs Oracle Secure Backup to negotiate with the NDMP server to
determine the best authentication mode to use
- text: Uses plain (unencrypted) text to authenticate
- md5: Uses the MD5 digest algorithm to authenticate
2. Enter a username in the Username field. The username is used to authenticate Oracle
Secure Backup to this NDMP server.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 16 - 17
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Adding Devices
Adding Devices
You can add new devices in one of two ways:
By automatically discovering them. Oracle Secure Backup can automatically discover and
configure secondary storage devices connected to certain types of NDMP servers, such as
Network Appliance filers.
By adding them manually to define devices that cannot be automatically discovered
On the Device page, click either Add Library or Add Drive to add a new device to your
configuration.
You can also use the obtool command mkdev to add an Oracle Secure Backup device
object to your administrative domain configuration. Here are some examples:
ob> mkdev --type library --attach hasun20:/dev/obl0 tc-lib
ob> mkdev --type tape --library tc-lib --dte 1 --attach hasun20:/dev/obt0
tc-tape
ob> lsdev
The following output displays:
library tc-lib in service
drive 1 tc-tape in service
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 16 - 18
Adding Devices (continued)
The first example shows you how to add a tape library device to your configuration. As shown,
you need to specify the device type, its attachment, and its Oracle Secure Backup name.
The second example is doing the same thing for a tape drive that is part of your tape library. In
addition to the type, attachment, and name, you need to specify the corresponding tape library
as well as the tape drives data transfer element (DTE). Oracle Secure Backup identifies each
tape drive within a tape library by its DTE number. A DTE must be specified if library is
specified.
The third example shows you the output of the lsdev command, which shows you the
current configuration for both devices.
Unlike SCSI, which is a host-centric protocol, Fibre Channel libraries and tape drives are
typically shared among multiple Oracle Secure Backup media servers. A Fibre Channel
attached tape drive or tape library often has multiple attachments, one for each host that can
directly access it. You can specify multiple attach points when creating a device with the
mkdev or chdev commands of obtool, the Web tool, or EM. Multiple attach points enable
you to attach the same device to multiple hosts on a network.
Note: For more information about the mkdev and chdev commands, refer to the Oracle
Secure Backup Reference guide.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 16 - 19
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Discovering Devices on NDMP Hosts
ob> discoverdev --verbose --host
edrsr12p1
Discovering Devices on NDMP Hosts
Libraries and tape devices attached to Network-Attached Storage (NAS) filers are
automatically configured by the operating system on which the NAS device runs. Both SCSI
device and Fibre Channel configuration occur automatically and require no input from the
user.
Oracle Secure Backup can detect changes in device configuration for some types of these
NDMP-accessed hosts and, on the basis of this information, automatically update the
administrative domains device configuration.
However, NAS tape libraries and tape drives must first be made accessible to the Oracle
Secure Backup software. This is accomplished by performing device discovery on each of the
NAS filers in the administrative domain. You can discover devices by using Enterprise
Manager, the Web tool, or obtool.
Oracle Secure Backup detects multiple hosts connected to the same device by comparing the
serial numbers reported by the operating system.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 16 - 20
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Managing Devices
Managing Devices
From the EM Administrative Server page, you can click the link corresponding to the Devices
number.
This takes you to the Devices page from where you have the options to Add Library and Add
Drive. You can also select an existing device, and Edit or Remove that device.
A tape has to be mounted in the drive before you can write to it. Mounting a volume means
logically preparing a tape volume in a drive to be read or written.
Note: Unlike tape devices, Oracle Secure Backup will refuse to communicate with a tape
library that it does not recognize (a tape library whose product ID does not appear in the
<OSB_Home>/devices/ob_robots file). Too many things may go wrong when trying
to control an unknown tape library.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 16 - 21
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Em_devices_crop.gif
Em_08_lib_prop_2.gif
Tape Library Properties
Daemons
Policies
Catalogs
Clients
Media Serv.
- Devices
> - Libraries
Volumes
Jobs
Tape Library Properties
To view tape library properties, perform the following steps in EM:
1. On the Devices page, click the name of a tape library in the main text box.
The Edit Library page is displayed, showing the properties of the selected tape library.
The device attachment information is displayed at the bottom of the page.
2. Click Show Advanced Settings to view additional properties for the device.
3. You can make changes to the tape library configuration and then click one of the
following:
- Apply, to implement those changes and remain in this page
- OK, to save the changes and return to the Device page
- Cancel, to avoid the operation and move back one page
- Attachments, to configure device attachments
Using the Web tool interface:
1. On the Manage page, select a tape library or tape drive in the main text box
2. Click Show Properties
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 16 - 22
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Tape Drive Properties
Tape Drive Properties
To view tape drive properties, perform the following steps:
1. On the Manage page, select a tape drive in the main text box.
2. Click Show Properties.
The Web tool displays a page with the properties for the tape drive that you selected.
3. Click Close to return to the Manage page.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 16 - 23
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Managing Volumes
Daemons
Policies
Catalogs
Clients
Media Serv.
- Devices
- Libraries
> Volumes
Jobs
Managing Volumes
You can access the Volumes page from the EM Administrative Server page by clicking the
Details link to the right of the Volumes label in the Resources section. You can use the
Volumes page to display a list of all volumes associated with an administrative server.
To display the volumes, you have to first specify a filter option. You do so by using the Search
section. In the example in the slide, the filter option limits the volumes displayed to only those
for the RMAN-DEFAULT media family. If you want a listing of all volumes, then choose the
All search option, and then click Go.
The Results table identifies the Volume ID and other important information related to your
volumes. You can view all the backup sections in a selected volume by choosing Backup
Sections.
Note: For more information about how to manage volumes within Oracle Secure Backup,
refer to the Oracle Secure Backup Administrators Guide.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 16 - 24
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Managing Volumes
Managing Volumes (continued)
Use the Backup Sections page to display the sections of a backup. A backup section is that
portion of a backup image that fits on one physical volume. The Sections table displays the
client host, attributes, and time stamp for each section.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 16 - 25
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Oracle Secure Backup Jobs
Oracle Secure Backup uses different types of
jobs to perform backup and restore tasks:
Dataset jobs
Backup jobs
Restore jobs
Oracle backup jobs (RMAN)
Oracle restore jobs (RMAN)
For each job, Oracle Secure Backup maintains a:
Log
Running transcript
Daemons
Policies
Catalogs
Clients
Media Serv.
- Devices
- Libraries
Volumes
> Jobs
Oracle Secure Backup Jobs
Oracle Secure Backup creates jobs in response to work you ask it to do. It assigns each job a
name, called a job identifier, that is unique among all jobs within the administrative domain.
Several events cause Oracle Secure Backup to create new jobs:
At the beginning of the day, Oracle Secure Backup inspects the triggers defined in each
schedule. For each trigger that fires that day, it creates one new job for each dataset listed
in the schedule. In job descriptions, Oracle Secure Backup identifies this as a dataset job.
It assigns the scheduled dataset job a numerical job identifier.
Also, each time you explicitly request that Oracle Secure Backup perform a backup using
a dataset, and send your request to the scheduler, Oracle Secure Backup creates a dataset
job. It assigns the job an identifier consisting of the username of the logged-in user, a
slash, and a unique numerical identifier. An example of such a job identifier is
admin/233.
At the scheduled start time for a dataset job, Oracle Secure Backup reads the dataset, and
then creates one subordinate job for each host it includes. In job descriptions, Oracle
Secure Backup calls this a backup job. It assigns each backup job an identifier whose
prefix is the parent (dataset) job ID, followed by a dot, and then followed by a unique
small number. An example of such a job identifier is admin/233.1.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 16 - 26
Oracle Secure Backup Jobs (continued)
Each time you explicitly request that Oracle Secure Backup restore data, and send your
request to the scheduler, Oracle Secure Backup creates a restore job for each backup
image that must be read to effect the restore. It assigns each job an identifier consisting
of the logged-in username, a slash, and a unique numerical identifier. If Oracle Secure
Backup creates multiple jobs to satisfy one restore request, it marks each job except the
first as dependent on the success of the previous job. The effect of this notation is that,
should a job fail on which a later job is dependent, that later job is also marked as
failed.
RMAN creates an Oracle Secure Backup job with types of oracle backup or
oracle restore instead of the backup and restore type.
Oracle Secure Backup keeps a log for each job. This job log describes high-level events,
such as the creation, dispatch, and completion times of the job. You may view the log
through both the Oracle Secure Backup Web tool and obtool.
Oracle Secure Backup also maintains a running transcript for each job. The transcript
contains everything that is written to the standard output stream by the jobs components,
such as obtar. Oracle Secure Backup creates this transcript when dispatching the job for
the first time, and updates it as the job progresses. When a job requires operator assistance,
Oracle Secure Backup prompts for assistance by using the transcript and by sending an e-
mail notification, if configured.
When you list the jobs by using the obtool utility, it displays the job ID, the scheduled
time, the contents, and the job state. The contents field contains the following information,
depending on the backup job type:
The dataset being backed up (dataset jobs)
The host on which the data set is being backed up (backup job)
A description of the data being restored (restore job)
The database backup operation, such as datafile or archivelog (Oracle backup
job)
The backup piece restored (Oracle restore job)
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 16 - 27
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Managing Jobs
Managing Jobs
After your backup has been submitted to the Oracle Secure Backup scheduler, you manage
these jobs from the Oracle Secure Backup Web tool:
1. From the Manage page, click the Jobs link in the Maintenance section. You are directed to
the Jobs page.
2. To limit the jobs displayed to:
a. A specific host, select that host from the Host list
b. Those instantiated by a certain user, select that user from the User list
c. A particular dataset, select that dataset from the Dataset list
3. Select one or more of the following Viewing options:
- Active: Select this option if you want to view the status of backup jobs that are
currently in progress.
- Complete: Select this option to view the status of completed jobs, whether they
succeeded or not.
- Pending: Select this option if you want to view the statuses of jobs that are pending,
but not presently running.
- Input pending: Select this option to view the statuses of jobs that are running and
requesting input now.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 16 - 28
Managing Jobs (continued)
- Today: Select this option if you want to view the statuses of backup jobs that are
scheduled to run today.
- Scheduled time: Select this option to display jobs scheduled within a time range you
select from the From date and To date boxes.
4. Select the type of jobs that you want to see in the report. Your choices are: backup,
recover, dataset, Oracle backup, and Oracle restore. You can select multiple job types by
holding down [Shift] while selecting a job type.
5. Click Apply to accept your selections. Information is displayed in the job management
table in the central panel. The following information is available for each job:
- ID: The Oracle Secure Backup-assigned job identifier
- Type: The type of Oracle Secure Backup job associated to a host
- Time: The date and time the job began or is scheduled to begin
- State: The job status, which can be pending, completed successfully, or failed
To monitor jobs with the obtool interface, use the lsjob command. Note that the state of
newly created jobs is future work until the job has been submitted.
On-demand backups (created as backup requests) are named using the Oracle Secure Backup
username and a system-generated number. For example, admin/1. Scheduled jobs are named
using a system-generated number, but do not include the username as part of the job name. For
example, 1.1. Oracle Database backup jobs are considered on-demand backups, so the
username is included in the job ID. For example, oracle/1.1.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 16 - 29
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Viewing Job Properties and Transcripts
Viewing Job Properties and Transcripts
To view job properties in the Oracle Secure Backup Web tool, perform the following steps:
1. Select a job ID from the job management table in the central panel of the Jobs page.
2. Click the Show Properties button. The Job Properties page appears showing the
characteristics of the selected job.
To view a job transcript in the Oracle Secure Backup Web tool, perform the following steps:
1. Select a job from the job management table in the central panel of the Jobs page.
2. Click Show Transcripts. A transcript page appears.
3. Scroll down the page to view more information. At the end of the page, you can modify
the transcript viewing criteria. Optionally, select a message level from the Level list.
Oracle Secure Backup tags each message it writes to a transcript with a severity level.
These levels range from 0 Debug message (extra output) to 9 Fatal.
4. Optionally, select Start at line and enter a line number at which you want the transcript
view messages to start.
5. Optionally, select the Suppress input check box to suppress input requests. When a
request for input is recognized, Oracle Secure Backup prompts for a response. Specifying
this option suppresses this action.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 16 - 30
Viewing Job Properties and Transcripts (continued)
6. Optionally, select the Show line numbers check box to prefix each line with its
message number.
7. Optionally, select the Head lines option and enter a number representing the first N
lines of the transcript having a message severity level at or above the value you
selected.
8. Optionally, select the Tail lines option if you want to display the last N lines of the
transcript having a message severity level at or above the value you selected.
9. Optionally, select a value in the Page refresh (in seconds) list. The default is 60
seconds.
10. Click Apply to accept your changes, if any, and redisplay the transcript.
To view a job transcript, you must be the owner of the job or belong to a user class that has
either the list any jobs owned by user or the list any job,
regardless of its owner right.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 16 - 31
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Suspending and Resuming Job Dispatching
Suspending and Resuming Job Dispatching
It is possible to temporarily suspend and later resume Oracle Secure Backups dispatching of
jobs. When job dispatching is suspended, running jobs are allowed to complete; however, the
scheduler starts no new jobs. After job dispatching is suspended, the scheduler resumes it
when you select the resume function or restart Oracle Secure Backup on the administrative
server.
To suspend job dispatching, from the Daemons page, click the Suspend button. The message
obscheduled suspended appears in the Status area. Any pending backup and restore
(scheduled or one-time) jobs are no longer dispatched. Jobs that are already running are
permitted to finish.
To resume job dispatching, from the Daemons page, click the Resume button. The message
obscheduled processing resumed appears in the Status area.
The following scenario shows you how to do that with the obtool utility:
ob> ctldaemon --command suspend
ob> lsdaemon
Process Daemon/ Listen
ID Service State port Qualifier
31815 observiced normal 400
31817 obscheduled suspended 64739
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 16 - 32
Suspending and Resuming Job Dispatching (continued)
ob> ctldaemon --command resume
ob> lsdaemon --long --host EDRSR14P1
Process ID: 31815
Daemon/Service: observiced
State: normal
Listen port: 400
Qualifier: (none)
Process ID: 31817
Daemon/Service: obscheduled
State: normal
Listen port: 64739
Qualifier: (none)
ob>
The ctldaemon command is generally used to control the operation of an Oracle Secure
Backup daemon. In the above example, ctldaemon is used to suspend and resume Oracle
Secure Backup job scheduling.
The lsdaemon command is used to list the Oracle Secure Backup daemons running on a
particular host.
Note: For more information about the above commands, refer to the Oracle Secure Backup
Reference guide.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 16 - 33
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Job Summaries
Job Summaries
A job summary is a text file report that describes the backup and restore activity performed
by Oracle Secure Backup. You can use job summaries to monitor specific backup jobs, or you
can use a job summary report to monitor all backup and restore activity for a time period.
You can create a job summary schedule, which enables Oracle Secure Backup to generate
multiple summary reports, each covering different time periods or activities. If an e-mail
system such as sendmail is operational on the administrative server, then you can supply the
e-mail addresses for the recipients of job summary reports and the report will be sent in an e-
mail to those recipients.
It is recommended that you create at least one job summary schedule so that you receive an
automated e-mail describing your backup jobs.
Using the Web tool, in the Advanced section of the Configure page, click Job Summaries to
list the configured job summary schedules. To remove a job summary schedule, select the
schedule you want to remove, and then click Remove.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 16 - 34
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Displaying Log Files and Transcripts
rdbms/log/sbtio.log admin/log/scheduler/log
RMAN
($ORACLE_HOME)
Oracle Secure Backup
(<OSB_Home> directory)
Displaying Log Files and Transcripts
If an error occurs during an SBT session, Oracle Secure Backup tries to send the error
description to the administrative server to be saved in the job transcript. RMAN records the
error in the trace file named sbtio.log, unless the user has configured a different file to be
used by RMAN. By default, this trace file is located in the $ORACLE_HOME/rdbms/log
directory.
All SBT errors contain the following information:
The location (function) where the failure occurred (for example, sbtbackup)
The operation that was being performed (for example, creating a backup piece)
A brief description of the problem (for example, unable to contact admin server)
If applicable, a brief description of the remedy that the user may apply
If applicable, the name of the trace or debug file where additional information about the
problem can be found
You can get more trace information by using the TRACE option of the ALLOCATE CHANNEL
command. For example: ALLOCATE CHANNEL c1 TYPE sbt TRACE 5
Trace levels range from 0 (errors only) to 6 (verbose debugging).
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 16 - 35
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Summary
In this lesson, you should have learned how to:
Describe Oracle Secure Backup processes
Configure policies and defaults
Browse primary Oracle Secure Backup catalogs
Manage clients
Manage media servers (tape devices and libraries)
Manage volumes
Manage jobs
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery 16 - 36
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Practice Overview
This practice covers the following topics:
Backing up the Oracle Secure Backup catalog data and
critical files
Performing disaster recovery of the Oracle Secure
Backup catalog files
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Appendix A
Practices
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery A - 2
Table of Contents
Practice 2-1: Configure Your Database .......................................................................... 5
Practice 3-1: Use RMAN to Create and Manage Backups ............................................. 7
Practice 4-1: Use RMAN to Recover a Datafile ............................................................. 9
Practice 4-2: Use the Flash Recovery Area to Quickly Recover a Datafile ................. 10
Practice 4-3: Recover Control Files .............................................................................. 11
Practice 4-4: Delete Obsolete Backups ......................................................................... 12
Practice 5-1: Enable Flashback Database ..................................................................... 14
Practice 5-2: Set Restore Points and Perform Flashback Table .................................... 15
Practice 5-3: Use Flashback Query and Flashback Versions Query ............................. 16
Practice 5-4: Use Flashback Database .......................................................................... 17
Practice 6-1: Create a Duplicate Database .................................................................... 19
Practice 7-1: Use Tablespace Point-in-time Recovery ................................................. 21
Practice 8-1: Create the Recovery Catalog and Register the Database ........................ 23
Practice 9-1: Use SQL to Monitor the Progress of RMAN Backups ........................... 25
Practice 9-2: Use Enterprise Manager to Monitor RMAN Jobs ................................... 26
Practice 11-1: Install Oracle Secure Backup ................................................................ 29
Practice 11-2: Configure Devices for Oracle Secure Backup ....................................... 30
Practice 11-3: Register the Administrative Server ........................................................ 31
Practice 11-4: Configure Oracle Secure Backup User .................................................. 32
Practice 12-1: Create a Database Backup Storage Selector .......................................... 34
Practice 12-2: Perform Oracle-Suggested Backup ....................................................... 35
Practice 13-1: Back Up Your File System with Oracle Secure Backup ....................... 37
Practice 14-1: Restore File-System Data with Oracle Secure Backup ......................... 39
Practice 15-1: Create an Encrypted Backup ................................................................. 41
Practice 15-2: Recover a Tablespace from an Encrypted Backup ................................ 42
Practice 16-1: View Oracle Secure Backup Information .............................................. 44
Practice 16-2: Back Up the Oracle Secure Backup Catalog ......................................... 45
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery A - 3
Practice for Lesson 1
There are no practices for Lesson 1.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery A - 4
Practice for Lesson 2
In this practice, you configure your database for recoverability.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery A - 5
Practice 2-1: Configure Your Database
1) Use Enterprise Manager to configure your database in ARCHIVELOG mode.
2) Use Enterprise Manager to verify that the Flash Recovery Area has been configured
for your database and increase the Flash Recovery Area size to 3 GB.
3) Set Preferred Credentials in Enterprise Manager.
4) Use Recovery Manager (RMAN) to connect to your target database. Make note of the
database identifier (DBID) of your database.
Database Identifier: ____________________________
Make note of the database identifier (DBID) of your database.
5) Use the RMAN SHOW ALL command to view the configuration settings in your
database and then exit from your RMAN session.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery A - 6
Practice for Lesson 3
In this practice, you configure automatic backup of the control file. You also configure a
backup of your database using the Oracle-Suggested Backup Strategy feature in
Enterprise Manager Database Control.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery A - 7
Practice 3-1: Use RMAN to Create and Manage Backups
1) Use Enterprise Manager Database Control to configure autobackup of the control file
and the server parameter file.
2) Use Enterprise Manager Database Control to configure backup optimization and
enable block change tracking. Specify
/u01/app/oracle/oradata/orcl/chg_track.f for the name of the block
change tracking file.
3) Use Enterprise Manager Database Control to create a whole database backup using
the Oracle-suggested backup strategy.
4) Use Enterprise Manager to view information about your backups.
5) Use RMAN to create a duplexed backup set of the EXAMPLE tablespace.
6) Use Enterprise Manager Database Control to perform a crosscheck of your backups.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery A - 8
Practice for Lesson 4
In this practice, you use RMAN to perform recovery.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery A - 9
Practice 4-1: Use RMAN to Recover a Datafile
In this practice, you use RMAN to recover a lost datafile. Notice how you are prompted
by Enterprise Manager to recover the lost datafile.
1) Use SQL*Plus to query the HR.REGIONS table. Make note of the number of rows in
the HR.REGIONS table.
2) At the operating system prompt, execute the lab_04_01_02_01.sh script to
simulate a failure in your database. This script deletes the EXAMPLE tablespace
datafile.
3) Use SQL*Plus to query the HR.JOBS table.
4) Use Enterprise Manager to perform database recovery of the EXAMPLE tablespace
datafile.
5) Return to your SQL*Plus session and again attempt to query the HR.JOBS table.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery A - 10
Practice 4-2: Use the Flash Recovery Area to Quickly Recover a
Datafile
In this practice, you recover a lost datafile by using the Flash Recovery Area for fast
recovery.
1) Use SQL*Plus to query the HR.REGIONS table. Make note of the number of rows in
the HR.REGIONS table.
2) At the operating system prompt, execute the lab_04_02_02_01.sh script to
simulate a failure in your database. This script deletes the EXAMPLE tablespace
datafile.
3) Use SQL*Plus to query the HR.DEPARTMENTS table.
4) Use the RMAN SWITCH TO COPY command to recover the datafile.
5) Query the HR.JOBS table.
6) Using Enterprise Manager Database Control, verify that the datafile being used for
the EXAMPLE tablespace is in the Flash Recovery Area.
7) Make a copy of the datafile in the original location and switch back to it.
8) Use Enterprise Manager Database Control to verify the file.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery A - 11
Practice 4-3: Recover Control Files
In this practice, you recover your control file using an autobackup.
1) Use SQL*Plus to view files information for the control files in your database. Query
V$CONTROLFILE.
2) Simulate a failure in your environment by executing the lab_04_03_02_01.sh
script to delete all your control files.
3) You need some more information about your control files. Query
V$CONTROLFILE_RECORD_SECTION to learn more about the contents of your
control file.
4) You have lost all your control files and will need to recover them from the control file
autobackup. Use Recovery Manager to recover the control files.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery A - 12
Practice 4-4: Delete Obsolete Backups
1) Use Recovery Manager to view obsolete backups.
2) Use Enterprise Manager Database Control to delete obsolete backups.
3) You can also use RMAN to verify that your obsolete backups were deleted.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery A - 13
Practice for Lesson 5
In this practice, you use Oracle Flashback features to recover from errors in your
database.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery A - 14
Practice 5-1: Enable Flashback Database
1) Use Enterprise Manager to enable Flashback Database.
2) Use the ALTER DATABASE command to enable supplemental logging.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery A - 15
Practice 5-2: Set Restore Points and Perform Flashback Table
Restore points are a way to bookmark database points in time. Set a restore point to
remember a significant change so that you can quickly recover to that point in time
without having to record an SCN or time.
1) You must enable row movement to use restore points. Use Enterprise Manager to
enable row movement for the HR.LOCATIONS table.
2) Create a normal restore point.
3) Use SQL*Plus to query the POSTAL_CODE column in the HR.LOCATIONS table.
4) Execute the lab_05_02_04_01.sql script to update the POSTAL_CODE column
in the HR.LOCATIONS table so that all postal codes are set to 11111.
5) Execute the lab_05_02_05_01.sql script to query the POSTAL_CODE column
in the HR.LOCATIONS table again.
6) Restore the POSTAL_CODE column values using the restore point.
7) Return to your SQL*Plus session. Execute the lab_05_02_07_01.sql script to
query the POSTAL_CODE column in HR.LOCATIONS again to be sure the correct
values have been restored.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery A - 16
Practice 5-3: Use Flashback Query and Flashback Versions
Query
1) Execute the lab_05_03_01_01.sql script to query the HR.LOCATIONS table
for location ID 1400.
2) Execute the lab_05_03_02_01.sql script to update the POSTAL_CODE column
in the HR.LOCATIONS table, simulating user error.
3) Execute the lab_05_03_03_01.sql script to query the POSTAL_CODE column
in HR.LOCATIONS and view the change.
4) Execute the lab_05_03_04_01.sql script to update the POSTAL_CODE column
in the HR.LOCATIONS table, simulating user error.
5) Use Enterprise Manager to perform Flashback Versions Query to correct the user
errors.
6) Return to your SQL*Plus session. Query the HR.LOCATIONS table to confirm the
Flashback operation.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery A - 17
Practice 5-4: Use Flashback Database
1) Use Enterprise Manager to verify that Flashback Database is enabled.
2) Use Enterprise Manager to create a Guaranteed Restore Point.
3) Execute the lab_05_04_03_01.sql script to determine the number of rows in
the HR.JOB_HISTORY table. Record the number of rows: ___________
4) Execute the lab_05_04_04_01.sql script to truncate the HR.JOB_HISTORY
table.
5) Execute the lab_05_04_05_01.sql script to determine the number of rows in
the HR.JOB_HISTORY table.
6) Use Flashback Database to restore the HR.JOB_HISTORY table rows.
7) Return to your SQL*Plus session. Execute the lab_05_04_07_02.sql script to
query the HR.JOB_HISTORY table again to be sure the data has been restored.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery A - 18
Practice for Lesson 6
In this practice, you create a duplicate database.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery A - 19
Practice 6-1: Create a Duplicate Database
In this practice, you use RMAN to create a duplicate database on the same host as your
database.
1) Create an Oracle password file for your auxiliary instance.
2) Use Oracle Net Manager to create an entry called AUXDB in the tnsnames.ora
file.
3) Create an initialization parameter file for the auxiliary instance.
4) Start the auxiliary instance in NOMOUNT mode using the initAUX.ora file.
5) Create a server parameter file (SPFILE).
6) Verify that your target database (orcl database) is mounted or open.
7) Start RMAN with a connection to the target database (orcl) and the auxiliary
instance.
8) Create the duplicate database by executing the DUPLICATE command.
9) Use SQL*Plus to log in to your AUX database and execute a query against the
HR.REGIONS table.
10) Now that you have completed the test recovery by creating a duplicate database, shut
down the aux instance.
11) Change your ORACLE_SID to orcl in preparation for later practices.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery A - 20
Practice for Lesson 7
In this practice, you use tablespace point-in-time recovery to recover from unwanted
changes to your database.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery A - 21
Practice 7-1: Use Tablespace Point-in-time Recovery
1) Execute the lab_07_01_01_01.sh script to export the HR schema.
2) Execute the lab_07_01_02_02.sql script to create a new tablespace and a new
user in your database.
3) Execute the lab_07_01_03_01.sh script to populate the new tablespace with a
copy of the data from the HR schema.
Note: The import should complete successfully. You will receive error messages
because the import excludes the COUNTRIES, REGIONS, and LOCATIONS tables.
These messages can be ignored.
4) Create a backup of your database using RMAN.
5) Record the current SCN: ____________
6) Record the current time.
7) Execute the lab_07_01_07_01.sql script to query the HRTEST.EMPLOYEES
table and view information about employees in department 60.
Make note of the highest salary that is displayed: ________
8) Execute the lab_07_01_08_01.sql script to update the salaries for the
employees in department 60 and note the highest salary displayed.
Highest salary: _____________
9) You now want to perform TSPITR for the HRTEST tablespace to return it to the state
prior to the updates. Execute the lab_07_01_09_01.sql script to determine
whether there are any dependencies that will prevent the TSPITR operation.
10) You can use Enterprise Manager Database Control or RMAN command line to
perform tablespace point-in-time recovery.
11) Verify that the HRTEST tablespace is online.
12) Verify that the SALARY columns in HRTEST.EMPLOYEES for the employees in
department 60 contain the correct values.
13) Execute the lab_07_01_13_02.sql script to add a constraint to the
HRTEST.DEPARTMENTS table.
14) Assume you need to perform TSPITR on the HRTEST tablespace again. Execute the
lab_07_01_14_02.sql query to determine whether there are any dependencies
outside the recovery set.
15) If you wanted to complete the tablespace point-in-time recovery for the HRTEST
tablespace now, what would you need to do?
Note: You will not perform another tablespace point-in-recovery in this practice.
You would need to disable the DEPT_LOC_ID_FK constraint that was added to your
HRTEST.DEPARTMENTS table or you would need to add the tablespace that
contains the HR.LOCATIONS table to your recovery set.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery A - 22
Practice for Lesson 8
In this practice, you create a recovery catalog in your instructors database and register
your database in the recovery catalog.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery A - 23
Practice 8-1: Create the Recovery Catalog and Register the
Database
The tablespace for the recovery catalog and the recovery catalog owner have been created
in the instructor database. The tablespaces are named RCTS01 RCTS12. The users are
named RCUSER01 RCUSER12.
1) Connect to the recovery catalog database (instructors database) with the appropriate
recovery catalog owner name (if you are using PC01, connect as RCUSER01) using
RMAN. Create the recovery catalog in your assigned tablespace. (If you are using
PC01, your assigned tablespace is RCTS01.) The service name is RCDB.
2) Using RMAN, connect to your target database and the recovery catalog database.
3) Using RMAN, execute the command to resynchronize the control file and recovery
catalog. What happens? Why?
4) Register the target database in the recovery catalog. You can use RMAN command-
line or Enterprise Manager for this step.
5) Create an RMAN script named whole_backup to make a whole database backup.
Do not execute the whole_backup script at this time.
6) Use the PRINT command to query the recovery catalog and verify the creation of
your whole_backup script.
7) In preparation for later practices, use RMAN to unregister your database from the
recovery catalog.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery A - 24
Practice for Lesson 9
In this practice, you monitor the progress of your RMAN backup jobs.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery A - 25
Practice 9-1: Use SQL to Monitor the Progress of RMAN
Backups
1) Invoke RMAN and delete all obsolete backups.
2) Open a second terminal window. Change to the labs directory. Invoke SQL*Plus
and connect as SYSDBA. You will use this second session to monitor a database
backup.
3) Return to your first terminal window. In your RMAN session, begin a whole database
backup.
4) Use your SQL*Plus session to monitor the progress of the whole database backup by
querying the V$SESSION_LONGOPS view. By using this view you can determine
whether the backup is progressing normally or hanging. If the backup is progressing
normally, the TIME_REMAINING column should be decreasing. Execute the
lab_09_01_04_01.sql script to query V$SESSION_LONGOPS.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery A - 26
Practice 9-2: Use Enterprise Manager to Monitor RMAN Jobs
You can easily monitor RMAN jobs in Enterprise Manager.
1) Start Enterprise Manager and log in as SYS/ORACLE as SYSDBA.
2) Delete obsolete backups.
3) Start a whole database backup.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery A - 27
Practice for Lesson 10
There are no practices for Lesson 10.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery A - 28
Practice for Lesson 11
In this practice, you perform the following tasks:
Create your Oracle Secure Backup home directory.
Install the Oracle Secure Backup software.
Configure virtual test devices.
View information about the configured devices.
Connect to the EM Database Console application using your browser.
Register your administrative server with EM.
Insert four volumes into the tape library.
Test connectivity to the tape drive.
Define a new Oracle Secure Backup user.
Configure preauthorization for this user.
THE VIRTUAL TEST DEVICES USED IN THIS LAB ARE FOR TRAINING
PURPOSES ONLY. THEY ARE NOT SUPPORTED FOR PRODUCTION USE.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery A - 29
Practice 11-1: Install Oracle Secure Backup
In this practice, you perform the following tasks:
Create your Oracle Secure Backup home directory.
Install the Oracle Secure Backup software.
Unless specified otherwise during this practice, you should log in as the oracle user to
your terminal emulator session.
Use the following information to install the software:
The Oracle Secure Backup software is staged on your server in the
/stage/osb/osb_10_1cdrom directory.
Your Oracle Secure Backup home directory is
/usr/local/oracle/backup.
During installation, you configure only the local machine as an administrative
server with no attached devices.
1) Log in as the root user and create /usr/local/oracle/backup as your
Oracle Secure Backup home directory. Change to that directory.
2) Continue as the root user. Start the installation of Oracle Secure Backup from the
staging directory. Begin with the setup program.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery A - 30
Practice 11-2: Configure Devices for Oracle Secure Backup
In this practice, you perform the following tasks:
Configure a virtual test library and a virtual test drive.
View information about the configured devices and the default media family via
the obtool interface.
1) In a terminal window, navigate to the /home/oracle/labs directory and execute
the ./lab_11_02_01.sh script, to configure the vlib tape library directly attached
to your administrative server.
2) In the /home/oracle/labs directory, execute the ./lab_11_02_02.sh script, to
configure the vt tape drive for the library:
3) Start the obtool as the admin user with the oracle password, and view the
currently configured devices.
(Hint: Use the lsdev command.)
4) View the RMAN-DEFAULT media family.
(Hint: Use the lsmf --long command, , and use the quit command to exit.)
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery A - 31
Practice 11-3: Register the Administrative Server
In this practice, you perform the following tasks:
Connect to the EM Database Console application using your browser.
Register your administrative server with EM.
Insert four volumes into the virtual test library.
Test connectivity to the virtual test drive.
Unless specified otherwise, you should log in as the oracle user to your terminal
emulator session, and as SYSDBA to your Database Control console and SQL*Plus
sessions.
1) With your browser, connect to Enterprise Manager Database Control using the IP
address or machine name for your host.
2) In Enterprise Manager, register your administrative server.
3) Use Enterprise Manager to insert four volumes into the vlib test library. (An
unlabeled tape is synonymous with a blank tape within Oracle Secure Backup.)
4) Before taking any backups, you want to make sure you can access your tape drives.
On the Devices page, test the virtual tape drive access.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery A - 32
Practice 11-4: Configure Oracle Secure Backup User
In this practice, you perform the following tasks:
Define a new Oracle Secure Backup user.
Configure preauthorization for this user.
Unless specified otherwise, you should log on as the oracle user to your terminal
emulator session and as SYSDBA to your EM Database Control Console session.
If you are already in Enterprise Manager, you can use shortcuts, such as clicking the
Administrative Server link in the upper-left part of the Devices page. Then if you right-
click the File System Backup and Restore link (at the bottom of the page) and select the
Open Link in New Window or Open Link in New Tab option, you can have two
windows open, one for Enterprise Manager and the other for the Oracle Secure Backup
Web tool.
1) Use the Oracle Secure Backup Web tool to create the oracle Oracle Secure Backup
user with the following values: User oracle, Password: oracle, User class:
oracle, UNIX name: oracle, UNIX group: dba and NDMP server user: no.
Note: If you have an NDMP server, set the value to yes; but inside the regular
classrooms, an NDMP server is not available, so set the value to no.
2) Configure the oracle Oracle Secure Backup user as a preauthorized RMAN and
command line user with following values: Hosts: all hosts, OS username: *,
Windows domain name: *, and Attributes: cmdline and rman.
Best Practice Tip: Limit pre-authorized access to selected hosts.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery A - 33
Practice for Lesson 12
In this practice, you perform the following tasks:
Create a database backup storage selector for your database.
Perform a backup of your Oracle database with the Oracle-Suggested Backup
strategy.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery A - 34
Practice 12-1: Create a Database Backup Storage Selector
In this practice, you perform the following tasks:
In SQL*Plus, verify that the database is in ARCHIVELOG mode.
In Enterprise Manager, create a database backup storage selector for your Oracle
database.
In Enterprise Manager, perform a test backup to verify that the Oracle Secure
Backup configuration is correct.
Unless specified otherwise, you should log on as the oracle user to your terminal
emulator session, and as SYSDBA to your Database Control Console and SQL*Plus
sessions.
1) First, verify that the database is in ARCHIVELOG mode. If your database is in
ARCHIVELOG mode, continue with the next step. If not, shut down the database,
enable archiving, and then restart the database.
2) In Enterprise Manager, create a backup selector for your database with the following
specifications:
Tape Drives: 1
Host Credentials Username: oracle, Password: oracle, and Save as
Preferred Credential
Database Backup Types: Archive log, Auto Backup, Full, and Incremental
3) Test your tape backup.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery A - 35
Practice 12-2: Perform Oracle-Suggested Backup
In Enterprise Manager, perform Oracle-Suggested Backup.
Unless specified otherwise, you should log on as the oracle user to your terminal emulator
session, and as SYSDBA to your Database Control Console and SQL*Plus sessions.
1) In Enterprise Manager, schedule Oracle-Suggested Backup with the following
specifications:
Backup destination: both disk and tape
Daily backup of archivelogs and incremental backup
Tape Drives: 1
Schedule daily backup within 5 minutes of your current date and time
2) Review your backup job. If this is your first scheduled backup, you should see a full
backup (otherwise an incremental one) first to the Flash Recovery Area, then to tape.
Review the RMAN command, as well as the job execution.
3) Optionally, to reinforce this practice topic, you can view the
Oracle_Suggested_Strategy_viewlet_swf.html viewlet in the
/home/oracle/solutions/viewlets directory.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery A - 36
Practice for Lesson 13
In this practice, you perform the following tasks:
Create a dataset for a file-system backup.
Schedule a backup of the dataset.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery A - 37
Practice 13-1: Back Up Your File System with Oracle Secure
Backup
Use the Oracle Secure Backup Web tool, which can be accessed from Enterprise
Manager for the tasks in this practice session.
Unless specified otherwise, access Enterprise Manager as SYDBA and the Oracle Secure
Backup Web tool as admin user. Both use oracle as password.
1) Create a new dataset called mylabs that you will use to back up your $HOME/labs
directory. The dataset should be of the form:
include host <hostname> {
include path /home/oracle/labs
}
Make sure that you replace <hostname> with the machine name of your student
computer.
Note: Do not back up the local root directory.
2) Create a backup with your mylabs dataset. The backup should run immediately.
3) View Oracle Secure Backup job information. Query the Manage: Jobs page for the
previously created and executed job.
4) Optionally, to reinforce this practice topic, you can view the
Scheduling_filesystem_backups_viewlet_swf.html viewlet in the
/home/oracle/solutions/viewlets directory.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery A - 38
Practice for Lesson 14
In this practice, you perform the following tasks:
Delete the contents of your labs directory.
Restore the missing lab files.
Verify that the files are recovered.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery A - 39
Practice 14-1: Restore File-System Data with Oracle Secure
Backup
In this practice, you first delete your lab files and then restore them from the backup
created in the previous practice.
Unless specified otherwise, you should log on as the oracle user to your terminal
emulator session, and as SYSDBA to your Database Control Console session.
For tasks 2 to 5, log in as admin user (with the oracle password) into the Oracle
Secure Backup Web tool, which can be accessed from Enterprise Manager.
1) From your terminal emulator session, remove all the files located in your
$HOME/labs directory.
2) Restore your $HOME/labs directory contents by selecting the appropriate backup
from the Oracle Secure Backup catalog. Use the Browse Host button to locate the
desired backup.
3) Monitor the progress of the restore request.
4) In a terminal window, verify that your lab files are present.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery A - 40
Practice for Lesson 15
In this practice, you perform the following tasks:
Create an encrypted backup.
Recover a tablespace from an encrypted backup.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery A - 41
Practice 15-1: Create an Encrypted Backup
In this practice, you perform the following tasks:
Schedule a customized tape backup of the whole database.
Edit the RMAN script to encrypt the backup using a password.
After the backup operation completes, verify that the backup was encrypted.
Unless specified otherwise, you should log in as SYS user (with the oracle password)
and connect as SYSDBA to Enterprise Manager Database Control.
1) In Enterprise Manager, schedule a customized tape backup of the whole database
with the following specifications: full online backup with archive logs to tape. Start
the backup immediately.
2) Edit the RMAN script and include the command to encrypt the backup, specifying
demo as the password. The command syntax is:
SET ENCRYPTION ON IDENTIFIED BY demo ONLY;
Note: Specifying ONLY in the command means decryption will require the demo
password, and no other encryption keys will exist for this backup.
3) Check the backup job status. Verify that the RMAN SET ENCRYPTION command is
successfully executed.
4) Verify the successful completion of your backup.
5) Optionally, to reinforce this practice topic, you can view the
Backup_Encryption_viewlet_swf.html viewlet the
/home/oracle/solutions/viewlets directory.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery A - 42
Practice 15-2: Recover a Tablespace from an Encrypted Backup
In this practice, you perform the following tasks:
Perform a tablespace recovery using the encrypted backup.
Troubleshoot the recovery process.
Edit the RMAN script to decrypt the backup.
Unless specified otherwise, you should log in as SYS user (with the oracle password)
and connect as SYSDBA to Enterprise Manager Database Control.
1) In Enterprise Manager, perform an object level recovery of the EXAMPLE tablespace
to the current time or a previous point in time. Restore the files to the default location.
2) The recovery operation fails. Why?
3) Troubleshoot the recovery process. What do you notice on the Perform Recovery
page?
4) Perform an object level recovery of the EXAMPLE tablespace to the current time or a
previous point in time. Restore the files to the default location.
5) Edit the RMAN script on the Perform Object Level Recovery: Review page.
Include the command to decrypt the backup, specifying demo as the password. The
command syntax is:
SET ENCRYPTION ON IDENTIFIED BY demo ONLY;
6) View the Perform Recovery: Result page. Notice the successful execution of your
SET DECRYPTION command.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery A - 43
Practice for Lesson 16
In this practice, you perform the following tasks:
View Oracle Secure Backup information.
Back up the Oracle Secure Backup catalog.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery A - 44
Practice 16-1: View Oracle Secure Backup Information
In this practice, you view Oracle Secure Backup information: the catalog, volumes and
their content, jobs and job transcripts, and defaults and policies.
Unless specified otherwise, you should log in as the SYS user (with the oracle
password) and connect as SYSDBA to Enterprise Manager Database Control. To access
the Oracle Secure Backup Web tool, use admin as username and oracle as password.
1) The administrative server maintains a catalog in which it stores metadata relating to
backup and restore operations for the administrative domain. Use the Oracle Secure
Backup Web tool to browse the Oracle Secure Backup catalog to view what you have
backed up so far.
2) View the volumes and their content.
3) View a category of jobsfor example, completed ones. Include a review of a job
transcript.
4) View the configuration of your security policies. What is the value of the Login
token duration policy?
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery A - 45
Practice 16-2: Back Up the Oracle Secure Backup Catalog
In this practice, you perform the following tasks using obtool:
Create a dataset for the <OSB_HOME>/admin directory.
Create a backup request.
Submit the backup request to the scheduler.
Verify that the backup completed successfully.
Identify the volume that contains the backup data.
Previously, you used the Oracle Secure Backup Web tool for a file-system backup. Now
use the obtool utility with admin as username and oracle as password.
1) Create a media family to be used when backing up the Oracle Secure Backup catalog
files. Use the following command:
mkmf --vidunique --writewindow 7days --retain 28days
--noappend OSB_catalogs
2) Create a backup set for the catalog data, using the commands listed here:
mkds --dir catalog_backup
mkds --input catback.ds
When prompted for input, supply the following dataset directives, where
<hostname> is the host name of your assigned computer:
include host <hostname> {
include path /etc/obconfig
include path /usr/etc/ob/xcr
include path /usr/local/oracle/backup/admin }
3) Create a backup request for this dataset, and then submit the backup request.
To create the backup request using the following obtool command:
backup l full p 1 r vt g --dataset catback.ds
What does this command do?
4) Use the information from the message returned in the previous step to verify that the
backup completed successfully. (State should show completed successfully).
5) Identify the volume that contains the backup.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Appendix B
Practice Solutions
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 2
Table of Contents
Solutions for Practice 2-1: Configure Your Database .................................................... 5
Solutions for Practice 3-1: Use RMAN to Create and Manage Backups ..................... 10
Solutions for Practice 4-1: Use RMAN to Recover a Datafile ..................................... 17
Solutions for Practice 4-2: Use the Flash Recovery Area to Quickly
Recover a Datafile....................................................................................................... 21
Solutions for Practice 4-3: Recover Control Files ........................................................ 26
Solutions for Practice 4-4: Delete Obsolete Backups ................................................... 32
Solutions for Practice 5-1: Enable Flashback Database ............................................... 35
Solutions for Practice 5-2: Set Restore Points and Perform Flashback Table .............. 37
Solutions for Practice 5-3: Use Flashback Query and Flashback Versions Query ....... 45
Solutions for Practice 5-4: Use Flashback Database .................................................... 51
Solutions for Practice 6-1: Create a Duplicate Database .............................................. 59
Solutions for Practice 7-1: Use Tablespace Point-in-time Recovery............................ 73
Solutions for Practice 8-1: Create the Recovery Catalog and Register the Database ... 88
Solutions for Practice 9-1: Use SQL to Monitor the Progress of RMAN Backups ...... 95
Solutions for Practice 9-2: Use Enterprise Manager to Monitor RMAN Jobs ............. 98
Solutions for Practice 11-1: Install Oracle Secure Backup ......................................... 105
Solutions for Practice 11-2: Configure Devices for Oracle Secure Backup ............... 109
Solutions for Practice 11-3: Register the Administrative Server ................................ 111
Solutions for Practice 11-4: Configure Oracle Secure Backup User .......................... 117
Solutions for Practice 12-1: Create a Database Backup Storage Selector .................. 122
Solutions for Practice 12-2: Perform Oracle-Suggested Backup ................................ 128
Solutions for Practice 13-1: Back Up Your File System with Oracle Secure Backup 137
Solutions for Practice 14-1: Restore File-System Data with Oracle Secure Backup . 144
Solutions for Practice 15-1: Create an Encrypted Backup .......................................... 150
Solutions for Practice 15-2: Recover a Tablespace from an Encrypted Backup ........ 157
Solutions for Practice 16-1: View Oracle Secure Backup Information ...................... 167
Solutions for Practice 16-2: Back Up the Oracle Secure Backup Catalog ................. 173
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 3
Practice Solutions for Lesson 1
There are no practices for Lesson 1.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 4
Practice Solutions for Lesson 2
In this practice, you configure your database for recoverability.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 5
Solutions for Practice 2-1: Configure Your Database
1) Use Enterprise Manager to configure your database in ARCHIVELOG mode.
Answer:
1. Start the Web browser and enter http://your host name:1158/em.
2. Enter SYS in the User Name field and oracle in the Password field. Select
SYSDBA in the Connect As menu. Click Login.
3. Click I agree on the Oracle Database 10g Licensing Information page.
4. Select the Maintenance page.
5. Select Recovery Settings in the Backup/Recovery Settings section.
6. In the Media Recovery section, select ARCHIVELOG Mode and click Apply.
7. The Confirmation page is displayed. Click Yes to restart the database instance.
8. On the Restart Database: Specify Host and Target Database Credentials page, in
the Host Credentials section, enter oracle in the Username and Password fields.
In the Database Credentials section, enter SYS in the Username field and
oracle in the Password field. Select Save as Preferred Credential. Click OK.
9. The Restart Database: Confirmation page is displayed. Click Yes to confirm the
restart of the database instance.
10. The Restart Database: Activity Information page is displayed. Wait a few minutes
and then click Refresh.
2) Use Enterprise Manager to verify that the Flash Recovery Area has been configured
for your database and increase the Flash Recovery Area size to 3 GB.
Answer:
1. Select the Maintenance page.
2. Select Recovery Settings in the Backup/Recovery Settings section.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 2-1: Configure Your Database (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 6
3. Scroll to the Flash Recovery Area and verify that the Flash Recovery Area is
enabled.
4. Enter 3 in the Flash Recovery Area Size field and click Apply.
5. The Update Message is displayed. Click the Database instance link to return to the
Maintenance page.
3) Set Preferred Credentials in Enterprise Manager.
Answer:
1. Select Preferences at the top of the Maintenance page.
2. Select Preferred Credentials on the left side of the page.
3. Click the Set Credentials icon for the database instance.
4. Supply the following values:
Normal Username: system
Normal Password: oracle
SYSDBA Username: sys
SYSDBA Password: oracle
Host Username: oracle
Host Password: oracle
5. Click Test. The Credentials successfully verified for orcl.oracle.com message is
displayed. If you have any errors, correct them and click Test again.
6. Click Apply to save the settings.
7. Click Database to return to the Database home page.
4) Use Recovery Manager (RMAN) to connect to your target database. Make note of the
database identifier (DBID) of your database.
Database Identifier: ____________________________
Answer:
1. Open a terminal window and log in as oracle/oracle.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 2-1: Configure Your Database (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 7
2. Start RMAN and connect to the target database by entering the following
command at the operating system prompt: rman target /
[oracle@edrsr10p1 oracle]$ rman target /
Recovery Manager: Release 10.2.0.1.0 - Production on Tue
Mar 7 12:51:53 2006
Copyright (c) 1982, 2005, Oracle. All rights reserved.
connected to target database: ORCL (DBID=1090770270)
RMAN>
Make note of the database identifier (DBID) of your database.
5) Use the RMAN SHOW ALL command to view the configuration settings in your
database and then exit from your RMAN session.
Answer:
RMAN> show all;
using target database control file instead of recovery
catalog
RMAN configuration parameters are:
CONFIGURE RETENTION POLICY TO REDUNDANCY 1; # default
CONFIGURE BACKUP OPTIMIZATION OFF; # default
CONFIGURE DEFAULT DEVICE TYPE TO DISK; # default
CONFIGURE CONTROLFILE AUTOBACKUP OFF; # default
CONFIGURE CONTROLFILE AUTOBACKUP FORMAT FOR DEVICE TYPE
DISK TO '%F'; # default
CONFIGURE CONTROLFILE AUTOBACKUP FORMAT FOR DEVICE TYPE
SBT_TAPE TO '%F'; # deft
CONFIGURE DEVICE TYPE DISK PARALLELISM 1 BACKUP TYPE TO
BACKUPSET; # default
CONFIGURE DEVICE TYPE SBT_TAPE PARALLELISM 1 BACKUP TYPE
TO BACKUPSET; # default
CONFIGURE DATAFILE BACKUP COPIES FOR DEVICE TYPE DISK TO
1; # default
CONFIGURE DATAFILE BACKUP COPIES FOR DEVICE TYPE SBT_TAPE
TO 1; # default
CONFIGURE ARCHIVELOG BACKUP COPIES FOR DEVICE TYPE DISK TO
1; # default
CONFIGURE ARCHIVELOG BACKUP COPIES FOR DEVICE TYPE
SBT_TAPE TO 1; # default
CONFIGURE CHANNEL DEVICE TYPE 'SBT_TAPE' FORMAT '%U';
CONFIGURE MAXSETSIZE TO UNLIMITED; # default
CONFIGURE ENCRYPTION FOR DATABASE OFF; # default
CONFIGURE ENCRYPTION ALGORITHM 'AES128'; # default
CONFIGURE ARCHIVELOG DELETION POLICY TO NONE; # default
CONFIGURE SNAPSHOT CONTROLFILE NAME TO
'/u01/app/oracle/product/10.2.0/db_1/dbst
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 2-1: Configure Your Database (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 8
RMAN> exit
Recovery Manager complete.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 9
Practice Solutions for Lesson 3
In this practice, you configure automatic backup of the control file. You also configure a
backup of your database using the Oracle-Suggested Backup Strategy feature in
Enterprise Manager Database Control.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 10
Solutions for Practice 3-1: Use RMAN to Create and Manage
Backups
1) Use Enterprise Manager Database Control to configure autobackup of the control file
and the server parameter file.
Answer:
1. Select Maintenance > High Availability > Backup/Recovery Settings > Backup
Settings.
2. On the Backup Settings page, select the Policy tab.
3. In the Backup Policy section, select Automatically backup the control file and
server parameter file (SPFILE) with every backup and database structural
change. Click OK.
4. You are returned to the Maintenance page.
2) Use Enterprise Manager Database Control to configure backup optimization and
enable block change tracking. Specify
/u01/app/oracle/oradata/orcl/chg_track.f for the name of the block
change tracking file.
Answer:
1. Select Maintenance > High Availability > Backup/Recovery Settings > Backup
Settings.
2. On the Backup Settings page, select the Policy tab.
3. In the Backup Policy section, select Optimize the whole database backup by
skipping unchanged files such as read-only and offline datafiles that have been
backed up.
4. Select Enable block change tracking for faster incremental backups and enter
/u01/app/oracle/oradata/orcl/chg_track.f in the Block Change
Tracking File field. Click OK.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 3-1: Use RMAN to Create and Manage Backups
(continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 11
5. You are returned to the Maintenance page.
3) Use Enterprise Manager Database Control to create a whole database backup using
the Oracle-suggested backup strategy.
Answer:
1. Select Maintenance > High Availability > Backup/Recovery > Schedule Backup.
2. In the Oracle-Suggested Backup section of the Schedule Backup page, click
Schedule Oracle-Suggested Backup.
3. On the Schedule Oracle-Suggested Backup: Destination page, select Disk. Click
Next.
4. Review the information on the Schedule Oracle-Suggested Backup: Setup page.
Note that a full database copy will be performed during the first backup. After
that, an incremental backup to disk will be performed every day. Click Next.
5. On the Schedule Oracle-Suggested Backup: Schedule page, you can specify the
time for your backups. Set the Time Zone field to correspond to your time zone.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 3-1: Use RMAN to Create and Manage Backups
(continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 12
Select a backup time that is five minutes from the current time. Click Next.
6. Review the information on the Schedule Oracle-Suggested Backup: Review page.
Click Submit Job.
7. The Status page is displayed indicating that the job has been submitted. Click
View Job to monitor the status of the backup job.
8. Click the Refresh button on your browser to refresh the Execution page. Click the
Backup link to view the output log.
9. In the output log, you can see that RMAN has made a datafile copy backup of
each datafile in your database.
10. Click the Database tab to return to the Database Home page.
4) Use Enterprise Manager to view information about your backups.
Answer:
1. Select Maintenance > High Availability > Backup/Recovery > Backup Reports.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 3-1: Use RMAN to Create and Manage Backups
(continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 13
2. Click the link for the backup you took in Question 3 to view detailed information
about the backup.
3. Click the Database Instance link to return to the Maintenance page.
5) Use RMAN to create a duplexed backup set of the EXAMPLE tablespace.
Answer:
1. Start RMAN and connect to the target database.
$ cd $HOME/solutions
[oracle@edrsr10p1 solutions]$ rman target /
Recovery Manager: Release 10.2.0.1.0 - Production on Wed
Mar 22 10:38:18 2006
Copyright (c) 1982, 2005, Oracle. All rights reserved.
connected to target database: ORCL (DBID=1090770270)
2. Create two backup set copies. One copy should be in the
/home/oracle/backup1 directory and one copy should be in the
/home/oracle/backup2 directory.
RMAN> @sol_03_01_05_02.rmn
RMAN> backup device type disk
2> copies 2
3> tablespace example
4> format '/home/oracle/backup1/%U',
'/home/oracle/backup2/%U';
Starting backup at 22-MAR-06
using channel ORA_DISK_1
channel ORA_DISK_1: starting full datafile backupset
channel ORA_DISK_1: specifying datafile(s) in backupset
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 3-1: Use RMAN to Create and Manage Backups
(continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 14
input datafile fno=00005
name=/u01/app/oracle/oradata/orcl/example01.dbf
channel ORA_DISK_1: starting piece 1 at 22-MAR-06
channel ORA_DISK_1: finished piece 1 at 22-MAR-06 with 2
copies and tag TAG20063
piece handle=/home/oracle/backup1/0ehejks7_1_1
comment=NONE
piece handle=/home/oracle/backup2/0ehejks7_1_2
comment=NONE
channel ORA_DISK_1: backup set complete, elapsed time:
00:00:15
Finished backup at 22-MAR-06
Starting Control File and SPFILE Autobackup at 22-MAR-06
piece
handle=/u01/app/oracle/flash_recovery_area/ORCL/autobackup
/2006_03_22/o1_E
Finished Control File and SPFILE Autobackup at 22-MAR-06
RMAN> **end-of-file**
RMAN>
3. Use the RMAN LIST BACKUP SUMMARY command to view a listing of the
backup sets and pieces. The #Copies column shows the duplexed backup set
copies you made. Exit from RMAN.
RMAN> @sol_03_01_05_03.rmn
RMAN> list backup summary;
using target database control file instead of recovery
catalog
List of Backups
===============
Key TY LV S Device Type Completion Time #Pieces
#Copies Compressed Tag
------- -- -- - ----------- --------------- ------- ------
- ---------- ---
5 B F A DISK 21-MAR-06 1 1
NO TAG200600
7 B F A DISK 22-MAR-06 1 1
NO TAG200607
8 B F A DISK 22-MAR-06 1 2
NO TAG200603
9 B F A DISK 22-MAR-06 1 1
NO TAG200608
RMAN> **end-of-file**
RMAN> exit
Recovery Manager complete.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 3-1: Use RMAN to Create and Manage Backups
(continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 15
6) Use Enterprise Manager Database Control to perform a cross-check of your backups.
Answer:
1. Select Maintenance > High Availability > Backup/Recovery > Manage Current
Backups.
2. Click Crosscheck All.
3. Review the information on the Crosscheck All: Specify Job Parameters page and
accept the default values. Click Submit Job.
4. You receive the Job submission succeeded message. You can click View Job to
monitor the cross-check job. After it completes successfully, return to the
Database Home page.
5. Log out of Enterprise Manager.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 16
Practice Solutions for Lesson 4
In this practice, you use RMAN to perform recovery.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 17
Solutions for Practice 4-1: Use RMAN to Recover a Datafile
In this practice, you use RMAN to recover a lost datafile. Notice how you are prompted
by Enterprise Manager to recover the lost datafile.
1) Use SQL*Plus to query the HR.REGIONS table. Make note of the number of rows in
the HR.REGIONS table.
Answer:
1. Open a terminal window and log in to SQL*Plus and connect as the HR user with
HR as the password.
2. Query the HR.REGIONS table and record the number of rows.
Number of rows: ___________
[oracle@edrsr10p1 oracle]$ sqlplus hr/hr
SQL*Plus: Release 10.2.0.1.0 - Production on Thu Mar 23
12:51:00 2006
Copyright (c) 1982, 2005, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Connected to:
Oracle Database 10g Enterprise Edition Release 10.2.0.1.0
- Production
With the Partitioning, OLAP and Data Mining options
SQL> select * from regions;
REGION_ID REGION_NAME
---------- -------------------------
1 Europe
2 Americas
3 Asia
4 Middle East and Africa
3. Exit from your SQL*Plus session.
2) At the operating system prompt, execute the lab_04_01_02_01.sh script to
simulate a failure in your database. This script deletes the EXAMPLE tablespace
datafile.
Answer:
1. At the operating system prompt, change to the labs directory and execute the
lab_04_01_02_01.sh script.
[oracle@edrsr10p1 labs]$ ./lab_04_01_02_01.sh
EXAMPLE tablespace file deleted
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 4-1: Use RMAN to Recover a Datafile (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 18
3) Use SQL*Plus to query the HR.JOBS table.
Answer:
1. Log in to SQL*Plus and connect as the HR user with HR as the password.
2. Query the HR.JOBS table.
SQL> select * from jobs;
select * from jobs
*
ERROR at line 1:
ORA-00376: file 5 cannot be read at this time
ORA-01110: data file 5:
'/u01/app/oracle/oradata/orcl/example01.dbf'
4) Use Enterprise Manager to perform database recovery of the EXAMPLE tablespace
datafile.
Answer:
1. Start Enterprise Manager and log in as SYS/ORACLE as SYSDBA.
2. Navigate to the Maintenance page.
3. Select Perform Recovery on the Maintenance page.
4. Click the Datafiles Need Media Recovery link.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 4-1: Use RMAN to Recover a Datafile (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 19
5. Select the file and click Next.
6. Select No. Restore the files to the default location. Click Next.
7. On the Perform Object Level Recovery: Review page, click Edit RMAN Script
to view the script that will be executed. Click Submit.
8. The Processing page is displayed. After the recovery operation completes, the
Result page is displayed indicating that the recovery operation succeeded.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 4-1: Use RMAN to Recover a Datafile (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 20
9. Click OK to return to the Maintenance page.
5) Return to your SQL*Plus session and again attempt to query the HR.JOBS table.
Answer:
1. Query the HR.JOBS table.
SQL> select * from jobs;
JOB_ID JOB_TITLE MIN_SALARY
MAX_SALARY
---------- ----------------------------------- ----------
----------
AD_PRES President 20000
40000
AD_VP Administration Vice President 15000
30000
AD_ASST Administration Assistant 3000
6000
FI_MGR Finance Manager 8200
16000
MK_REP Marketing Representative 4000
9000
HR_REP Human Resources Representative 4000
9000
PR_REP Public Relations Representative 4500
10500
19 rows selected.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 21
Solutions for Practice 4-2: Use the Flash Recovery Area to
Quickly Recover a Datafile
In this practice, you recover a lost datafile by using the Flash Recovery Area for fast
recovery.
1) Use SQL*Plus to query the HR.REGIONS table. Make note of the number of rows in
the HR.REGIONS table.
Answer:
1. Log in to SQL*Plus and connect as the HR user with HR as the password.
2. Query the HR.REGIONS table.
3. Exit from SQL*Plus.
2) At the operating system prompt, execute the lab_04_02_02_01.sh script to
simulate a failure in your database. This script deletes the EXAMPLE tablespace
datafile.
Answer:
1. At the operating system prompt, change to the labs directory and execute the
lab_04_02_02_01.sh script.
[oracle@edrsr10p1 labs]$ ./lab_04_02_02_01.sh
EXAMPLE tablespace file deleted
[oracle@edrsr10p1 labs]$
3) Use SQL*Plus to query the HR.DEPARTMENTS table.
Answer:
1. Log in to SQL*Plus and connect as the HR user with HR as the password.
2. Query the HR.DEPARTMENTS table.
SQL> select * from departments;
select * from departments
*
ERROR at line 1:
ORA-01116: error in opening database file 5
ORA-01110: data file 5:
'/u01/app/oracle/oradata/orcl/example01.dbf'
ORA-27041: unable to open file
Linux Error: 2: No such file or directory
Additional information: 3
3. Make note of the number of the datafile that is unavailable. Datafile number: ____
4. Exit from your SQL*Plus session.
4) Use the RMAN SWITCH TO COPY command to recover the datafile.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 4-2: Use the Flash Recovery Area to Quickly Recover
a Datafile (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 22
Answer:
1. Log in to your target database using RMAN.
2. Take the datafile offline.
RMAN> SQL 'alter database datafile 5 offline';
sql statement: alter database datafile 5 offline
3. Execute the SWITCH TO COPY command for the datafile you noted in step 3.
RMAN> switch datafile 5 to copy;
datafile 5 switched to datafile copy
"/u01/app/oracle/flash_recovery_area/ORCL/"
4. Recover the datafile.
RMAN> recover datafile 5;
Starting recover at 24-MAR-06
allocated channel: ORA_DISK_1
channel ORA_DISK_1: sid=132 devtype=DISK
allocated channel: ORA_SBT_TAPE_1
channel ORA_SBT_TAPE_1: sid=130 devtype=SBT_TAPE
channel ORA_SBT_TAPE_1: Oracle Secure Backup
starting media recovery
media recovery complete, elapsed time: 00:00:03
Finished recover at 24-MAR-06
5. Bring the datafile online.
RMAN> sql 'alter database datafile 5 online';
sql statement: alter database datafile 5 online
RMAN>
6. Exit from your RMAN session.
5) Query the HR.JOBS table.
Answer:
1. Log in to SQL*Plus as HR/HR and query the HR.JOBS table. (Output has been
formatted to fit the code box.)
SQL> select * from jobs;
JOB_ID JOB_TITLE MIN_S MAX_SALARY
---------- ------------------------------ ----- ----------
AD_PRES President 20000 40000
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 4-2: Use the Flash Recovery Area to Quickly Recover
a Datafile (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 23
AD_VP Administration Vice President 15000 30000
HR_REP Human Resources Representative 4000 9000
PR_REP Public Relations Representative 4500 10500
19 rows selected.
6) Using Enterprise Manager Database Control, verify that the datafile being used for
the EXAMPLE tablespace is in the Flash Recovery Area.
Answer:
1. Select Tablespaces on the Administration page.
2. Select the Example tablespace and click View.
3. Click Return to return to the Tablespaces page.
7) Make a copy of the datafile in the original location and switch back to it.
Answer:
1. Change to the solutions directory. Log in to RMAN and connect to your
target database.
2. Create an image copy of the datafile in the original location.
RMAN> @sol_04_02_07_02.rmn
RMAN> backup as copy datafile 5
2> format '/u01/app/oracle/oradata/orcl/example01.dbf';
Starting backup at 24-MAR-06
using target database control file instead of recovery
catalog
allocated channel: ORA_DISK_1
channel ORA_DISK_1: sid=129 devtype=DISK
channel ORA_DISK_1: starting datafile copy
input datafile fno=00005
name=/u01/app/oracle/flash_recovery_area/ORCL/datafilef
output filename=/u01/app/oracle/oradata/orcl/example01.dbf
tag=TAG20060324T13447
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 4-2: Use the Flash Recovery Area to Quickly Recover
a Datafile (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 24
channel ORA_DISK_1: datafile copy complete, elapsed time:
00:00:07
Finished backup at 24-MAR-06
Starting Control File and SPFILE Autobackup at 24-MAR-06
piece
handle=/u01/app/oracle/flash_recovery_area/ORCL/autobackup
/2006_03_24/o1_E
Finished Control File and SPFILE Autobackup at 24-MAR-06
RMAN> **end-of-file**
3. Take the datafile offline.
RMAN> sql 'alter database datafile 5 offline';
sql statement: alter database datafile 5 offline
4. Switch to the new copy you made.
RMAN> switch datafile 5 to copy;
datafile 5 switched to datafile copy
"/u01/app/oracle/oradata/orcl/example01.dbf"
5. Recover the datafile.
RMAN> recover datafile 5;
Starting recover at 24-MAR-06
using channel ORA_DISK_1
allocated channel: ORA_SBT_TAPE_1
channel ORA_SBT_TAPE_1: sid=154 devtype=SBT_TAPE
channel ORA_SBT_TAPE_1: Oracle Secure Backup
starting media recovery
media recovery complete, elapsed time: 00:00:02
Finished recover at 24-MAR-06
6. Bring the datafile back online. Exit from RMAN.
RMAN> sql 'alter database datafile 5 online';
sql statement: alter database datafile 5 online
8) Use Enterprise Manager Database Control to verify the file.
Answer:
1. Select Tablespace on the Administration page.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 4-2: Use the Flash Recovery Area to Quickly Recover
a Datafile (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 25
2. Select the EXAMPLE tablespace and click View.
3. Note that the datafile is the one you switched to.
4. Click the Database tab to return to your database home page.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 26
Solutions for Practice 4-3: Recover Control Files
In this practice, you recover your control file by using an autobackup.
1) Use SQL*Plus to view files information for the control files in your database. Query
V$CONTROLFILE.
Answer:
1. Log in to SQL*Plus as SYSDBA.
2. Query the NAME column in V$CONTROLFILE. Exit from SQL*Plus.
SQL> SELECT name FROM v$controlfile;
NAME
---------------------------------------------
/u01/app/oracle/oradata/orcl/control01.ctl
/u01/app/oracle/oradata/orcl/control02.ctl
/u01/app/oracle/oradata/orcl/control03.ctl
2) Simulate a failure in your environment by executing the lab_04_03_02_01.sh
script to delete all your control files.
Answer:
1. In your terminal window session, change to the labs directory and execute the
lab_04_03_02_01.sh script.
[oracle@edrsr10p1 oracle]$ cd labs
[oracle@edrsr10p1 labs]$ ./lab_04_03_02_01.sh
Control files deleted
[oracle@edrsr10p1 labs]$
3) You need some more information about your control files. Query
V$CONTROLFILE_RECORD_SECTION to learn more about the contents of your
control file.
Answer:
1. Log in to SQL*Plus as SYSDBA.
2. Query the V$CONTROLFILE_RECORD_SECTION view.
SQL> SELECT * FROM v$controlfile_record_section;
SELECT * FROM v$controlfile_record_section
*
ERROR at line 1:
ORA-00210: cannot open the specified control file
ORA-00202: control file:
'/u01/app/oracle/oradata/orcl/control01.ctl'
ORA-27041: unable to open file
Linux Error: 2: No such file or directory
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 4-3: Recover Control Files (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 27
Additional information: 3
4) You have lost all your control files and will need to recover them from the control file
autobackup. Use Recovery Manager to recover the control files.
Answer:
1. Use SQL*Plus to shut down your instance. Exit from your SQL*Plus session.
[oracle@edrsr10p1 oracle]$ sqlplus / as sysdba
SQL*Plus: Release 10.2.0.1.0 - Production on Tue Mar 28
10:20:26 2006
Copyright (c) 1982, 2005, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Connected to:
Oracle Database 10g Enterprise Edition Release 10.2.0.1.0
- Production
With the Partitioning, OLAP and Data Mining options
SQL> shutdown abort
ORACLE instance shut down.
SQL> exit
Disconnected from Oracle Database 10g Enterprise Edition
Release 10.2.0.1.0 - Pn
With the Partitioning, OLAP and Data Mining options
[oracle@edrsr10p1 oracle]$
2. Use RMAN to connect to your target database.
[oracle@edrsr10p1 oracle]$ rman
Recovery Manager: Release 10.2.0.1.0 - Production on Tue
Mar 28 10:23:17 2006
Copyright (c) 1982, 2005, Oracle. All rights reserved.
RMAN> connect target /
connected to target database (not started)
RMAN>
3. Restart the instance in NOMOUNT mode.
RMAN> startup nomount
Oracle instance started
Total System Global Area 285212672 bytes
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 4-3: Recover Control Files (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 28
Fixed Size 1218992 bytes
Variable Size 109053520 bytes
Database Buffers 171966464 bytes
Redo Buffers 2973696 bytes
4. Set the database identifier.
Note: Your database identifier will be a different value from that shown in the
solution. You recorded the database identifier in Practice 2-1.
RMAN> set dbid 1090770270;
executing command: SET DBID
5. Restore the control file from the autobackup.
RMAN> restore controlfile from autobackup;
Starting restore at 28-MAR-06
using target database control file instead of recovery
catalog
allocated channel: ORA_DISK_1
channel ORA_DISK_1: sid=156 devtype=DISK
recovery area destination:
/u01/app/oracle/flash_recovery_area
database name (or database unique name) used for search:
ORCL
channel ORA_DISK_1: autobackup found in the recovery area
channel ORA_DISK_1: autobackup found:
/u01/app/oracle/flash_recovery_area/ORCL/p
channel ORA_DISK_1: control file restore from autobackup
complete
output filename=/u01/app/oracle/oradata/orcl/control01.ctl
output filename=/u01/app/oracle/oradata/orcl/control02.ctl
output filename=/u01/app/oracle/oradata/orcl/control03.ctl
Finished restore at 28-MAR-06
6. Mount the database.
RMAN> alter database mount;
database mounted
released channel: ORA_DISK_1
7. Recover the database by issuing the RECOVER DATABASE command.
RMAN> recover database;
Starting recover at 28-MAR-06
Starting implicit crosscheck backup at 28-MAR-06
allocated channel: ORA_DISK_1
channel ORA_DISK_1: sid=156 devtype=DISK
Crosschecked 11 objects
Finished implicit crosscheck backup at 28-MAR-06
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 4-3: Recover Control Files (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 29
Starting implicit crosscheck copy at 28-MAR-06
using channel ORA_DISK_1
Crosschecked 5 objects
Finished implicit crosscheck copy at 28-MAR-06
searching for all files in the recovery area
cataloging files...
cataloging done
List of Cataloged Files
=======================
File Name:
/u01/app/oracle/flash_recovery_area/ORCL/archivelog/2006_0
3_28/o1_mfc
File Name:
/u01/app/oracle/flash_recovery_area/ORCL/archivelog/2006_0
3_28/o1_mfc
File Name:
/u01/app/oracle/flash_recovery_area/ORCL/archivelog/2006_0
3_28/o1_mfc
File Name:
/u01/app/oracle/flash_recovery_area/ORCL/autobackup/2006_0
3_27/o1_mfp
using channel ORA_DISK_1
allocated channel: ORA_SBT_TAPE_1
channel ORA_SBT_TAPE_1: sid=155 devtype=SBT_TAPE
channel ORA_SBT_TAPE_1: Oracle Secure Backup
starting media recovery
archive log thread 1 sequence 116 is already on disk as
file /u01/app/oracle/flc
archive log thread 1 sequence 117 is already on disk as
file /u01/app/oracle/flc
archive log thread 1 sequence 118 is already on disk as
file /u01/app/oracle/flc
archive log thread 1 sequence 119 is already on disk as
file /u01/app/oracle/org
archive log
filename=/u01/app/oracle/flash_recovery_area/ORCL/archivel
og/2006_06
archive log
filename=/u01/app/oracle/flash_recovery_area/ORCL/archivel
og/2006_07
archive log
filename=/u01/app/oracle/flash_recovery_area/ORCL/archivel
og/2006_08
archive log
filename=/u01/app/oracle/oradata/orcl/redo01.log thread=1
sequence=9
media recovery complete, elapsed time: 00:00:02
Finished recover at 28-MAR-06
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 4-3: Recover Control Files (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 30
8. Open the database with the RESETLOGS option.
RMAN> alter database open resetlogs;
database opened
9. Back up the current online redo log file and back up all the archived redo log
files.
RMAN> SQL 'ALTER SYSTEM ARCHIVE LOG CURRENT';
using target database control file instead of recovery
catalog
sql statement: ALTER SYSTEM ARCHIVE LOG CURRENT
RMAN> backup archivelog all;
Starting backup at 10-APR-06
current log archived
allocated channel: ORA_DISK_1
channel ORA_DISK_1: sid=159 devtype=DISK
channel ORA_DISK_1: starting archive log backupset
channel ORA_DISK_1: specifying archive log(s) in backup
set
input archive log thread=1 sequence=15 recid=53
stamp=587378250
input archive log thread=1 sequence=16 recid=54
stamp=587379659
input archive log thread=1 sequence=17 recid=55
stamp=587379860
input archive log thread=1 sequence=18 recid=56
stamp=587379970
input archive log thread=1 sequence=19 recid=57
stamp=587380091
input archive log thread=1 sequence=20 recid=58
stamp=587380115
input archive log thread=1 sequence=21 recid=59
stamp=587380409
input archive log thread=1 sequence=22 recid=65
stamp=587386310
input archive log thread=1 sequence=23 recid=66
stamp=587386310
input archive log thread=1 sequence=24 recid=67
stamp=587386311
channel ORA_DISK_1: starting piece 1 at 10-APR-06
channel ORA_DISK_1: finished piece 1 at 10-APR-06
piece
handle=/u01/app/oracle/flash_recovery_area/ORCL/backupset/
2006_04_10/o1_mE
channel ORA_DISK_1: backup set complete, elapsed time:
00:00:26
channel ORA_DISK_1: starting archive log backupset
channel ORA_DISK_1: specifying archive log(s) in backup
set
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 4-3: Recover Control Files (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 31
input archive log thread=1 sequence=1 recid=68
stamp=587391539
input archive log thread=1 sequence=2 recid=69
stamp=587391580
channel ORA_DISK_1: starting piece 1 at 10-APR-06
channel ORA_DISK_1: finished piece 1 at 10-APR-06
piece
handle=/u01/app/oracle/flash_recovery_area/ORCL/backupset/
2006_04_10/o1_mE
channel ORA_DISK_1: backup set complete, elapsed time:
00:00:02
Finished backup at 10-APR-06
Starting Control File and SPFILE Autobackup at 10-APR-06
piece
handle=/u01/app/oracle/flash_recovery_area/ORCL/autobackup
/2006_04_10/o1_E
Finished Control File and SPFILE Autobackup at 10-APR-06
10. Create a whole database backup.
RMAN> backup database;
Starting backup at 10-APR-06
released channel: ORA_SBT_TAPE_1
using channel ORA_DISK_1
channel ORA_DISK_1: starting full datafile backupset
channel ORA_DISK_1: specifying datafile(s) in backupset
input datafile fno=00001
name=/u01/app/oracle/oradata/orcl/system01.dbf
input datafile fno=00003
name=/u01/app/oracle/oradata/orcl/sysaux01.dbf
input datafile fno=00005
name=/u01/app/oracle/oradata/orcl/example01.dbf
input datafile fno=00002
name=/u01/app/oracle/oradata/orcl/undotbs01.dbf
input datafile fno=00004
name=/u01/app/oracle/oradata/orcl/users01.dbf
input datafile fno=00006
name=/u01/app/oracle/oradata/orcl/example02.dbf
channel ORA_DISK_1: starting piece 1 at 10-APR-06
channel ORA_DISK_1: finished piece 1 at 10-APR-06
piece
handle=/u01/app/oracle/flash_recovery_area/ORCL/backupset/
2006_04_10/o1_mE
channel ORA_DISK_1: backup set complete, elapsed time:
00:01:25
Finished backup at 10-APR-06
Starting Control File and SPFILE Autobackup at 10-APR-06
piece
handle=/u01/app/oracle/flash_recovery_area/ORCL/autobackup
/2006_04_10/o1_E
Finished Control File and SPFILE Autobackup at 10-APR-06
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 32
Solutions for Practice 4-4: Delete Obsolete Backups
1) Use Recovery Manager to view obsolete backups.
Answer:
1. In your RMAN session, issue the REPORT OBSOLETE command to determine
whether you have any obsolete backups.
Note: Your results may vary from the following output.
RMAN> report obsolete;
RMAN retention policy will be applied to the command
RMAN retention policy is set to redundancy 1
Report of obsolete backups and copies
Type Key Completion Time
Filename/Handle
-------------------- ------ ------------------ -----------
---------
Archive Log 19 15-MAR-06
/u01/app/oracle/flash_recovery_ac
Archive Log 20 16-MAR-06
/u01/app/oracle/flash_recovery_ac
Archive Log 21 20-MAR-06
/u01/app/oracle/flash_recovery_ac
Archive Log 22 20-MAR-06
/u01/app/oracle/flash_recovery_ac
Archive Log 23 20-MAR-06
/u01/app/oracle/flash_recovery_ac
Archive Log 24 21-MAR-06
/u01/app/oracle/flash_recovery_ac
Datafile Copy 4 21-MAR-06
/u01/app/oracle/flash_recovery_af
Backup Set 5 21-MAR-06
Backup Piece 5 21-MAR-06
/u01/app/oracle/flash_recovery_ap
Backup Set 7 22-MAR-06
Backup Piece 7 22-MAR-06
/u01/app/oracle/flash_recovery_ap
Backup Set 9 22-MAR-06
Backup Piece 10 22-MAR-06
/u01/app/oracle/flash_recovery_ap
2) Use Enterprise Manager Database Control to delete obsolete backups.
Answer:
1. Invoke Enterprise Manager and log in as sys/oracle as SYSDBA.
2. Select Maintenance > High Availability > Backup/Recovery > Manage Current
Backups.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 4-4: Delete Obsolete Backups (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 33
3. Click Delete All Obsolete to remove obsolete backups.
4. Review the information on the Delete All Obsolete: Specify Job Parameters page
and click Submit Job.
5. You receive the Job submission succeeded message. You can click View Job to
monitor the job. After it completes successfully, return to the Database Home
page.
6. Access the Manage Current Backups page again to view the backup sets and
image copies that were retained.
3) You can also use RMAN to verify that your obsolete backups were deleted.
Answer:
1. In your RMAN session, execute the REPORT OBSOLETE command.
RMAN> report obsolete;
RMAN retention policy will be applied to the command
RMAN retention policy is set to redundancy 1
no obsolete backups found
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 34
Practice Solutions for Lesson 5
In this practice, you use Oracle Flashback features to recover from errors in your
database.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 35
Solutions for Practice 5-1: Enable Flashback Database
1) Use Enterprise Manager to enable Flashback Database.
Answer:
1. Start Enterprise Manager and connect as SYS/ORACLE as SYSDBA.
2. Click the Maintenance tab.
3. Select Recovery Settings in the Backup/Recovery Settings section.
4. Scroll to the Flash Recovery section.
5. Select Enable Flashback Database - flashback logging can be used for fast
database point-in-time recovery and click Apply.
6. The Confirmation message is displayed. You must restart the database instance to
enable Flashback Database. Click Yes to restart the database instance.
7. Supply the Host and Operating System credentials if they are not filled in by
default. Click OK.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 5-1: Enable Flashback Database (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 36
8. The Restart Database: Confirmation page is displayed. Click Yes.
9. The Restart Database:Activity Information page is displayed. Wait a few
minutes and click Refresh.
10. Log in to Enterprise Manager as SYS/ORACLE as SYSDBA.
2) Use the ALTER DATABASE command to enable supplemental logging.
Answer:
1. In a terminal window, log in to SQL*Plus as SYSDBA.
[oracle@edrsr10p1 oracle]$ sqlplus / as sysdba
SQL*Plus: Release 10.2.0.1.0 - Production on Tue Apr 18
09:10:07 2006
Copyright (c) 1982, 2005, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Connected to:
Oracle Database 10g Enterprise Edition Release 10.2.0.1.0
- Production
With the Partitioning, OLAP and Data Mining options
2. Execute the ALTER DATABASE command to enable supplemental logging.
SQL> ALTER DATABASE add supplemental log data;
Database altered.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 37
Solutions for Practice 5-2: Set Restore Points and Perform
Flashback Table
Restore points are a way to bookmark database points in time. Set a restore point to
remember a significant change so that you can quickly recover to that point in time
without having to record an SCN or time.
1) You must enable row movement to use restore points. Use Enterprise Manager to
enable row movement for the HR.LOCATIONS table.
Answer:
1. Navigate to the Administration page. Select Tables in the Database Objects
section.
2. Enter HR in the Schema field and LOCATIONS in the Object Name field. Click
Go.
3. Select the HR.LOCATIONS table and click Edit.
4. Select the Options subtab.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 5-2: Set Restore Points and Perform Flashback Table
(continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 38
5. Select Yes in the Enable Row Movement menu. Click Apply.
6. The Update Message is displayed indicating that the change has been made to the
HR.LOCATIONS table.
7. Click the Database tab to return to the home page.
2) Create a normal restore point.
Answer:
1. Select the Maintenance tab.
2. Select Manage Restore Points in the Backup/Recovery section.
3. Click Create on the Manage Restore Points page.
4. Enter Before_LOC_Update in the Restore Point Name field. Ensure that
Normal Restore Point is selected. Click OK.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 5-2: Set Restore Points and Perform Flashback Table
(continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 39
5. Your restore point has been created.
3) Use SQL*Plus to query the POSTAL_CODE column in the HR.LOCATIONS table.
Answer:
1. Log in to SQL*Plus as SYSDBA.
2. Execute the lab_05_02_03_02.sql script to query the POSTAL_CODE
column of the HR.LOCATIONS table.
SQL> @lab_05_02_03_02
SQL> SELECT unique (postal_code)
2 FROM hr.locations
3 /
POSTAL_CODE
------------
10934
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 5-2: Set Restore Points and Perform Flashback Table
(continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 40
YSW 9T2
2901
26192
M5V 2L7
01307-002
1730
3095
99236
80925
23 rows selected.
4) Execute the lab_05_02_04_01.sql script to update the POSTAL_CODE column
in the HR.LOCATIONS table so that all postal codes are set to 11111.
Answer:
1. Execute the lab_05_02_04_01.sql script.
SQL> @lab_05_02_04_01
SQL> UPDATE hr.locations
2 SET postal_code = 11111
3 /
23 rows updated.
5) Execute the lab_05_02_05_01.sql script to query the POSTAL_CODE column
in the HR.LOCATIONS table again.
Answer:
1. Execute the lab_05_02_05_01.sql script.
SQL> @lab_05_02_05_01
SQL> SELECT unique (postal_code)
2 FROM hr.locations
3 /
POSTAL_CODE
------------
11111
6) Restore the POSTAL_CODE column values using the restore point.
Answer:
1. Return to your Enterprise Manager session.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 5-2: Set Restore Points and Perform Flashback Table
(continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 41
2. Copy the SCN value in the Creation SCN field to the buffer.
3. Click the database instance link to return to the Maintenance page.
4. Click Perform Recovery.
5. In the Object Level Recovery section, select Tables in the Object Type menu.
Click Perform Object Level Recovery.
6. Select Flashback to a known SCN and paste the SCN that you copied in step 2.
Click Next.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 5-2: Set Restore Points and Perform Flashback Table
(continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 42
7. Click Add Tables to add the HR.LOCATIONS table.
8. Enter HR in the Schema Name field and LOCATIONS in the Table field. Click
Search.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 5-2: Set Restore Points and Perform Flashback Table
(continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 43
9. Select the HR.LOCATIONS table and click OK.
10. The HR.LOCATIONS table is added to the Tables to Flashback field. Click
Next.
11. Accept the default of Cascade: Flashback the selected tables and all dependent
tables on the Dependency Options page. Click Next.
12. On the Perform Object Level Recovery: Review page, confirm the information.
Click Submit.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 5-2: Set Restore Points and Perform Flashback Table
(continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 44
13. The Confirmation page is displayed. Click OK to return to the Maintenance page.
7) Return to your SQL*Plus session. Execute the lab_05_02_07_01.sql script to
query the POSTAL_CODE column in HR.LOCATIONS again to be sure the correct
values have been restored.
Answer:
1. Execute the lab_05_02_07_01.sql script.
SQL> @lab_05_02_07_01
SQL> SELECT unique (postal_code)
2 FROM hr.locations
3 /
POSTAL_CODE
------------
10934
YSW 9T2
99236
80925
23 rows selected.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 45
Solutions for Practice 5-3: Use Flashback Query and Flashback
Versions Query
1) Execute the lab_05_03_01_01.sql script to query the HR.LOCATIONS table
for location ID 1400.
Answer:
1. In SQL*Plus, execute the lab_05_03_01_01.sql script.
SQL> @lab_05_03_01_01
SQL> SELECT *
2 FROM hr.locations
3 WHERE location_id = 1400
4 /
LOCATION_ID STREET_ADDRESS
POSTAL_CODE
----------- ---------------------------------------- -----
-------
CITY STATE_PROVINCE
CO
------------------------------ ------------------------- -
-
1400 2014 Jabberwocky Rd 26192
Southlake Texas
US
2) Execute the lab_05_03_02_01.sql script to update the POSTAL_CODE column
in the HR.LOCATIONS table, simulating user error.
Answer:
1. Invoke SQL*Plus and execute the lab_05_03_02_01.sql script.
SQL> @lab_05_03_02_01
SQL> UPDATE hr.locations
2 SET postal_code = postal_code + 100
3 WHERE location_id = 1400
4 /
1 row updated.
SQL> commit
2 /
Commit complete.
3) Execute the lab_05_03_03_01.sql script to query the POSTAL_CODE column
in HR.LOCATIONS and view the change.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 5-3: Use Flashback Query and Flashback Versions
Query (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 46
Answer:
1. Execute the lab_05_03_03_01.sql script.
SQL> @lab_05_03_03_01
SQL> SELECT *
2 FROM hr.locations
3 WHERE location_id = 1400
4 /
LOCATION_ID STREET_ADDRESS
POSTAL_CODE
----------- ---------------------------------------- -----
-------
CITY STATE_PROVINCE
CO
------------------------------ ------------------------- -
-
1400 2014 Jabberwocky Rd 26292
Southlake Texas
US
4) Execute the lab_05_03_04_01.sql script to update the POSTAL_CODE column
in the HR.LOCATIONS table, simulating user error.
Answer:
1. Execute the lab_05_03_04_01.sql script.
SQL> @lab_05_03_04_01
SQL> UPDATE hr.locations
2 SET postal_code = postal_code + 100
3 WHERE location_id = 1400
4 /
1 row updated.
SQL> commit
2 /
Commit complete.
5) Use Enterprise Manager to perform Flashback Versions Query to correct the user
errors.
Answer:
1. Navigate to the Administration page.
2. Select Tables in the Database Objects section.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 5-3: Use Flashback Query and Flashback Versions
Query (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 47
3. Enter HR in the Schema Name field and LOCATIONS in the Table field. Click
Go.
4. Select the HR.LOCATIONS table. Select Flashback Versions Query in the
Actions menu. Click Go.
5. Choose all the columns by selecting each in the Available Columns list and
clicking Move to move it to the Selected Columns list.
6. Enter where location_id = 1400 in the Bind the Row Value field.
Click Next.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 5-3: Use Flashback Query and Flashback Versions
Query (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 48
7. Select the oldest change to the table and click Next.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 5-3: Use Flashback Query and Flashback Versions
Query (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 49
8. Confirm the flashback information. Click Next.
9. Accept the default of Cascade: Flashback the selected tables and all dependent
tables. Click Next.
10. Review the information. Click Submit.
11. The Confirmation page is displayed. Click OK.
6) Return to your SQL*Plus session. Query the HR.LOCATIONS table to confirm the
Flashback operation.
Answer:
1. Execute the lab_05_03_06_01.sql script to query the HR.LOCATIONS
table.
SQL> @lab_05_03_06_01
SQL> SELECT *
2 FROM hr.locations
3 WHERE location_id = 1400
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 5-3: Use Flashback Query and Flashback Versions
Query (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 50
4 /
LOCATION_ID STREET_ADDRESS
POSTAL_CODE
----------- ---------------------------------------- -----
-------
CITY STATE_PROVINCE
CO
------------------------------ ------------------------- -
-
1400 2014 Jabberwocky Rd 26192
Southlake Texas
US
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 51
Solutions for Practice 5-4: Use Flashback Database
1) Use Enterprise Manager to verify that Flashback Database is enabled.
Answer:
1. Navigate to the Maintenance page.
2. Select Recovery Settings in the Backup/Recovery Settings section. Scroll to the
Flash Recovery section. Verify that Flashback Database is enabled.
3. Click the Database Instance link to return to the Maintenance page.
2) Use Enterprise Manager to create a Guaranteed Restore Point.
Answer:
1. Select Manage Restore Points in the Backup/Recovery section.
2. Click Create to create a new restore point.
3. Enter Before_Truncate in the Restore Point Name field. Select
Guaranteed Restore Point. Click OK.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 5-4: Use Flashback Database (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 52
4. The Restore Point is created.
3) Execute the lab_05_04_03_01.sql script to determine the number of rows in
the HR.JOB_HISTORY table. Record the number of rows: ___________
Answer:
1. Execute the lab_05_04_03_01.sql script to determine the number of rows
in the HR.JOB_HISTORY table.
SQL> @lab_05_04_03_01
SQL> SELECT count(*)
2 FROM hr.job_history
3 /
COUNT(*)
----------
10
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 5-4: Use Flashback Database (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 53
4) Execute the lab_05_04_04_01.sql script to truncate the HR.JOB_HISTORY
table.
Answer:
1. Execute the lab_05_04_04_01.sql script.
SQL> @lab_05_04_04_01
SQL> truncate table hr.job_history
2 /
Table truncated.
5) Execute the lab_05_04_05_01.sql script to determine the number of rows in
the HR.JOB_HISTORY table.
Answer:
1. Execute the lab_05_04_05_01.sql script.
SQL> @lab_05_04_05_01
SQL> SELECT count(*)
2 FROM hr.job_history
3 /
COUNT(*)
----------
0
6) Use Flashback Database to restore the HR.JOB_HISTORY table rows.
Answer:
1. Return to your Enterprise Manager window.
2. Navigate to the Maintenance page.
3. Select Manage Restore Points in the Backup/Recovery section.
4. Select the BEFORE_TRUNCATE restore point. Click Recover Whole Database
To.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 5-4: Use Flashback Database (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 54
5. Enter the host credential information. Click Yes.
6. The database is shut down. Click Refresh.
7. Click Perform Recovery.
8. Enter Host Credentials. Click Continue.
9. Enter Database login. Click Login.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 5-4: Use Flashback Database (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 55
10. Click Perform Whole Database Recovery.
11. Select Recover to a prior point in time.
12. Select Restore Point and click the Flashlight icon.
13. Select the BEFORE_TRUNCATE restore point. Click Select.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 5-4: Use Flashback Database (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 56
14. The Restore Point field is populated. Click Next.
15. Select Yes. Click Next.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 5-4: Use Flashback Database (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 57
16. Review the information. Click Submit.
17. The Processing: Perform Whole Database Recovery page is displayed.
18. The operation is complete. You can scroll through the output to view the details
of the operation. Click Open Database to open the database.
19. The The database has been opened successfully message is displayed. Click
OK.
7) Return to your SQL*Plus session. Execute the lab_05_04_07_02.sql script to
query the HR.JOB_HISTORY table again to be sure the data has been restored.
Answer:
1. Invoke SQL*Plus and log in as SYS/ORACLE as SYSDBA.
2. Execute the lab_05_04_07_02.sql script.
SQL> @lab_05_04_07_02
SQL> SELECT count(*)
2 FROM hr.job_history
3 /
COUNT(*)
----------
10
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 58
Practice Solutions for Lesson 6
In this practice, you create a duplicate database.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 59
Solutions for Practice 6-1: Create a Duplicate Database
In this practice, you use RMAN to create a duplicate database on the same host as your
database.
1) Create an Oracle password file for your auxiliary instance.
Answer:
1. Change to the $ORACLE_HOME/dbs directory and use the orapwd utility to
create a password file named orapwaux. Specify a password of oracle and
10 for the number of entries.
[oracle@edrsr10p1 oracle]$ cd $ORACLE_HOME/dbs
[oracle@edrsr10p1 dbs]$ orapwd file=orapwaux
password=oracle entries=10
[oracle@edrsr10p1 dbs]$ ls
hc_orcl.dat init.ora orapwaux snapcf_orcl.f
initdw.ora lkORCL orapworcl spfileorcl.ora
2) Use Oracle Net Manager to create an entry called AUXDB in the tnsnames.ora
file.
Answer:
1. Open a terminal window and enter netmgr at the operating system prompt.
[oracle@edrsr10p1 oracle]$ netmgr
2. The Oracle Net Manager window appears.
3. Expand Local and Service Naming.
4. Select Service Naming and click the green plus sign to create a new Net service
name.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 6-1: Create a Duplicate Database (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 60
5. Enter auxdb in the Net Service Name field and click Next.
6. Select TCP/IP (default) as the protocol. Click Next.
7. Enter the host name of your PC in the Host Name field. Accept the default of
1521 for the port number. Click Next.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 6-1: Create a Duplicate Database (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 61
8. Enter aux.oracle.com in the Service Name field. Click Next.
9. Click Finish.
10. Select File and Save Network Configuration to save the changes you made.
11. Click File and Exit to exit from Oracle Net Manager.
12. You can view your updated tnsnames.ora file in the
/u01/app/oracle/product/10.2.0/db_1/network/admin
directory.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 6-1: Create a Duplicate Database (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 62
AUXDB =
(DESCRIPTION =
(ADDRESS = (PROTOCOL = TCP)(HOST =
edrsr10p1.us.oracle.com)(PORT = 1521))
(CONNECT_DATA =
(SERVER = DEDICATED)
(SERVICE_NAME = aux.oracle.com)
)
3) Create an initialization parameter file for the auxiliary instance.
Answer:
1. Create a text initialization parameter file named initAUX.ora from your server
parameter file in the $HOME/auxinstance directory.
[oracle@edrsr10p1 oracle]$ cd $HOME/auxinstance
[oracle@edrsr10p1 auxinstance]$ sqlplus / as sysdba
SQL*Plus: Release 10.2.0.1.0 - Production on Wed Mar 29
10:51:53 2006
Copyright (c) 1982, 2005, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Connected to:
Oracle Database 10g Enterprise Edition Release 10.2.0.1.0
- Production
With the Partitioning, OLAP and Data Mining options
SQL> create pfile='$HOME/auxinstance/initAUX.ora' from
spfile;
File created.
2. Edit the initAUX.ora initialization parameter file to make the following
changes for the auxiliary instance:
audit_file_dest='/u01/app/oracle/admin/aux/adump'
background_dump_dest='/u01/app/oracle/admin/aux/bdump
control_files='/u01/app/oracle/oradata/aux/control01.c
tl','/u01/app/oracle/oradata/aux/control02.ctl','/u01/
app/oracle/oradata/aux/control03.ctl'
db_name='aux'
user_dump_dest='/u01/app/oracle/admin/aux/udump'
Add the following parameters:
DB_FILE_NAME_CONVERT=/u01/app/oracle/oradata/orcl,
/u01/app/oracle/oradata/aux
LOG_FILE_NAME_CONVERT=/u01/app/oracle/oradata/orcl,
/u01/app/oracle/oradata/aux
Remove the lines at the beginning of the file that begin with orcl.__.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 6-1: Create a Duplicate Database (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 63
Add the comment character, #, to this line:
*.dispatchers='(PROTOCOL=TCP) (SERVICE=orclXDB)'
4) Start the auxiliary instance in NOMOUNT mode using the initAUX.ora file.
Answer:
1. Set the ORACLE_SID environment variable to aux.
[oracle@edrsr10p1 oracle]$ ORACLE_SID=aux
[oracle@edrsr10p1 oracle]$ echo $ORACLE_SID
aux
2. Invoke SQL*Plus and connect as SYSDBA.
[oracle@edrsr10p1 oracle]$ sqlplus / as sysdba
SQL*Plus: Release 10.2.0.1.0 - Production on Wed Mar 29
11:38:53 2006
Copyright (c) 1982, 2005, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Connected to an idle instance.
3. Start the instance in NOMOUNT mode using the initialization parameter file you
created in step 2.
SQL> startup nomount pfile='$HOME/auxinstance/initAUX.ora'
ORACLE instance started.
Total System Global Area 285212672 bytes
Fixed Size 1218992 bytes
Variable Size 92276304 bytes
Database Buffers 188743680 bytes
Redo Buffers 2973696 bytes
5) Create a server parameter file (SPFILE).
Answer:
1. Create a server parameter file with the default name of spfileaux.ora from
the text initialization parameter file.
SQL> create spfile from
pfile='$HOME/auxinstance/initAUX.ora';
File created.
2. Exit from SQL*Plus.
6) Verify that your target database (orcl database) is mounted or open.
Answer:
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 6-1: Create a Duplicate Database (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 64
1. Set your ORACLE_SID to orcl.
[oracle@edrsr10p1 oracle]$ ORACLE_SID=orcl
[oracle@edrsr10p1 oracle]$ echo $ORACLE_SID
orcl
[oracle@edrsr10p1 oracle]$
2. Log in to SQL*Plus as SYSDBA.
3. Query V$DATABASE to determine whether your database is open.
SQL> select open_mode from v$database;
OPEN_MODE
----------
READ WRITE
4. Exit from SQL*Plus.
7) Start RMAN with a connection to the target database (orcl) and the auxiliary
instance.
Answer:
1. Set your ORACLE_SID to aux. Invoke RMAN and connect as SYSDBA.
Connect to the target database.
[oracle@edrsr10p1 oracle]$ ORACLE_SID=aux
[oracle@edrsr10p1 oracle]$ echo $ORACLE_SID
aux
[oracle@edrsr10p1 oracle]$ rman
Recovery Manager: Release 10.2.0.1.0 - Production on Thu
Mar 30 07:34:06 2006
Copyright (c) 1982, 2005, Oracle. All rights reserved.
RMAN> connect auxiliary sys/oracle
connected to auxiliary database: AUX (not mounted)
RMAN> connect target sys/oracle@orcl
connected to target database: ORCL (DBID=1090770270)
8) Create the duplicate database by executing the DUPLICATE command.
Answer:
1. Create a RUN block to allocate the auxiliary channel and execute the DUPLICATE
command.
RMAN> run
2> {
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 6-1: Create a Duplicate Database (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 65
3> allocate auxiliary channel aux1 device type disk;
4> duplicate target database to aux;
5> }
allocated channel: aux1
channel aux1: sid=156 devtype=DISK
Starting Duplicate Db at 30-MAR-06
allocated channel: ORA_AUX_DISK_1
channel ORA_AUX_DISK_1: sid=154 devtype=DISK
using channel ORA_AUX_SBT_TAPE_1
contents of Memory Script:
{
set until scn 4236965;
set newname for datafile 1 to
"/u01/app/oracle/oradata/aux/system01.dbf";
set newname for datafile 2 to
"/u01/app/oracle/oradata/aux/undotbs01.dbf";
set newname for datafile 3 to
"/u01/app/oracle/oradata/aux/sysaux01.dbf";
set newname for datafile 4 to
"/u01/app/oracle/oradata/aux/users01.dbf";
set newname for datafile 5 to
"/u01/app/oracle/oradata/aux/example01.dbf";
restore
check readonly
clone database
;
}
executing Memory Script
executing command: SET until clause
executing command: SET NEWNAME
executing command: SET NEWNAME
executing command: SET NEWNAME
executing command: SET NEWNAME
executing command: SET NEWNAME
Starting restore at 30-MAR-06
using channel ORA_AUX_DISK_1
using channel ORA_AUX_SBT_TAPE_1
channel aux1: restoring datafile 00001
input datafile copy recid=23 stamp=586270526
filename=/u01/app/oracle/flash_recf
destination for restore of datafile 00001:
/u01/app/oracle/oradata/aux/system01f
channel ORA_AUX_DISK_1: restoring datafile 00002
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 6-1: Create a Duplicate Database (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 66
input datafile copy recid=20 stamp=586270521
filename=/u01/app/oracle/flash_recf
destination for restore of datafile 00002:
/u01/app/oracle/oradata/aux/undotbs0f
channel ORA_AUX_DISK_1: copied datafile copy of datafile
00002
output filename=/u01/app/oracle/oradata/aux/undotbs01.dbf
channel ORA_AUX_DISK_1: restoring datafile 00003
input datafile copy recid=22 stamp=586270526
filename=/u01/app/oracle/flash_recf
destination for restore of datafile 00003:
/u01/app/oracle/oradata/aux/sysaux01f
channel aux1: copied datafile copy of datafile 00001
output filename=/u01/app/oracle/oradata/aux/system01.dbf
channel aux1: restoring datafile 00004
input datafile copy recid=19 stamp=586270517
filename=/u01/app/oracle/flash_recf
destination for restore of datafile 00004:
/u01/app/oracle/oradata/aux/users01.f
channel ORA_AUX_DISK_1: copied datafile copy of datafile
00003
output filename=/u01/app/oracle/oradata/aux/sysaux01.dbf
channel ORA_AUX_DISK_1: restoring datafile 00005
input datafile copy recid=21 stamp=586270521
filename=/u01/app/oracle/flash_recf
destination for restore of datafile 00005:
/u01/app/oracle/oradata/aux/example0f
channel aux1: copied datafile copy of datafile 00004
output filename=/u01/app/oracle/oradata/aux/users01.dbf
channel ORA_AUX_DISK_1: copied datafile copy of datafile
00005
output filename=/u01/app/oracle/oradata/aux/example01.dbf
Finished restore at 30-MAR-06
sql statement: CREATE CONTROLFILE REUSE SET DATABASE "AUX"
RESETLOGS ARCHIVELOG
MAXLOGFILES 16
MAXLOGMEMBERS 3
MAXDATAFILES 100
MAXINSTANCES 8
MAXLOGHISTORY 292
LOGFILE
GROUP 1 ( '/u01/app/oracle/oradata/aux/redo01.log' )
SIZE 50 M REUSE,
GROUP 2 ( '/u01/app/oracle/oradata/aux/redo02.log' )
SIZE 50 M REUSE,
GROUP 3 ( '/u01/app/oracle/oradata/aux/redo03.log' )
SIZE 50 M REUSE
DATAFILE
'/u01/app/oracle/oradata/aux/system01.dbf'
CHARACTER SET AL32UTF8
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 6-1: Create a Duplicate Database (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 67
contents of Memory Script:
{
switch clone datafile all;
}
executing Memory Script
released channel: ORA_AUX_DISK_1
released channel: ORA_AUX_SBT_TAPE_1
datafile 2 switched to datafile copy
input datafile copy recid=1 stamp=586438014
filename=/u01/app/oracle/oradata/auf
datafile 3 switched to datafile copy
input datafile copy recid=2 stamp=586438014
filename=/u01/app/oracle/oradata/auf
datafile 4 switched to datafile copy
input datafile copy recid=3 stamp=586438014
filename=/u01/app/oracle/oradata/auf
datafile 5 switched to datafile copy
input datafile copy recid=4 stamp=586438014
filename=/u01/app/oracle/oradata/auf
contents of Memory Script:
{
set until scn 4236965;
recover
clone database
delete archivelog
;
}
executing Memory Script
executing command: SET until clause
Starting recover at 30-MAR-06
channel aux1: starting incremental datafile backupset
restore
channel aux1: specifying datafile(s) to restore from
backup set
destination for restore of datafile 00001:
/u01/app/oracle/oradata/aux/system01f
destination for restore of datafile 00002:
/u01/app/oracle/oradata/aux/undotbs0f
destination for restore of datafile 00003:
/u01/app/oracle/oradata/aux/sysaux01f
destination for restore of datafile 00004:
/u01/app/oracle/oradata/aux/users01.f
destination for restore of datafile 00005:
/u01/app/oracle/oradata/aux/example0f
channel aux1: reading from backup piece
/u01/app/oracle/flash_recovery_area/ORCp
channel aux1: restored backup piece 1
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 6-1: Create a Duplicate Database (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 68
piece
handle=/u01/app/oracle/flash_recovery_area/ORCL/backupset/
2006_03_28/o1_m4
channel aux1: restore complete, elapsed time: 00:00:16
starting media recovery
archive log thread 1 sequence 1 is already on disk as file
/u01/app/oracle/flasc
archive log thread 1 sequence 2 is already on disk as file
/u01/app/oracle/flasc
archive log
filename=/u01/app/oracle/flash_recovery_area/ORCL/archivel
og/2006_01
archive log
filename=/u01/app/oracle/flash_recovery_area/ORCL/archivel
og/2006_02
media recovery complete, elapsed time: 00:00:05
Finished recover at 10-APR-06
contents of Memory Script:
{
shutdown clone;
startup clone nomount ;
}
executing Memory Script
database dismounted
Oracle instance shut down
connected to auxiliary database (not started)
Oracle instance started
Total System Global Area 285212672 bytes
Fixed Size 1218992 bytes
Variable Size 92276304 bytes
Database Buffers 188743680 bytes
Redo Buffers 2973696 bytes
sql statement: CREATE CONTROLFILE REUSE SET DATABASE "AUX"
RESETLOGS ARCHIVELOG
MAXLOGFILES 16
MAXLOGMEMBERS 3
MAXDATAFILES 100
MAXINSTANCES 8
MAXLOGHISTORY 292
LOGFILE
GROUP 1 ( '/u01/app/oracle/oradata/aux/redo01.log' )
SIZE 50 M REUSE,
GROUP 2 ( '/u01/app/oracle/oradata/aux/redo02.log' )
SIZE 50 M REUSE,
GROUP 3 ( '/u01/app/oracle/oradata/aux/redo03.log' )
SIZE 50 M REUSE
DATAFILE
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 6-1: Create a Duplicate Database (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 69
'/u01/app/oracle/oradata/aux/system01.dbf'
CHARACTER SET AL32UTF8
contents of Memory Script:
{
set newname for tempfile 1 to
"/u01/app/oracle/oradata/aux/temp01.dbf";
switch clone tempfile all;
catalog clone datafilecopy
"/u01/app/oracle/oradata/aux/undotbs01.dbf";
catalog clone datafilecopy
"/u01/app/oracle/oradata/aux/sysaux01.dbf";
catalog clone datafilecopy
"/u01/app/oracle/oradata/aux/users01.dbf";
catalog clone datafilecopy
"/u01/app/oracle/oradata/aux/example01.dbf";
catalog clone datafilecopy
"/u01/app/oracle/oradata/aux/example02.dbf";
switch clone datafile all;
}
executing Memory Script
executing command: SET NEWNAME
renamed temporary file 1 to
/u01/app/oracle/oradata/aux/temp01.dbf in control fe
cataloged datafile copy
datafile copy
filename=/u01/app/oracle/oradata/aux/undotbs01.dbf recid=1
stamp=8
cataloged datafile copy
datafile copy
filename=/u01/app/oracle/oradata/aux/sysaux01.dbf recid=2
stamp=59
cataloged datafile copy
datafile copy
filename=/u01/app/oracle/oradata/aux/users01.dbf recid=3
stamp=589
cataloged datafile copy
datafile copy
filename=/u01/app/oracle/oradata/aux/example01.dbf recid=4
stamp=9
cataloged datafile copy
datafile copy
filename=/u01/app/oracle/oradata/aux/example02.dbf recid=5
stamp=9
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 6-1: Create a Duplicate Database (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 70
datafile 2 switched to datafile copy
input datafile copy recid=1 stamp=587391888
filename=/u01/app/oracle/oradata/auf
datafile 3 switched to datafile copy
input datafile copy recid=2 stamp=587391889
filename=/u01/app/oracle/oradata/auf
datafile 4 switched to datafile copy
input datafile copy recid=3 stamp=587391889
filename=/u01/app/oracle/oradata/auf
datafile 5 switched to datafile copy
input datafile copy recid=4 stamp=587391889
filename=/u01/app/oracle/oradata/auf
datafile 6 switched to datafile copy
input datafile copy recid=5 stamp=587391889
filename=/u01/app/oracle/oradata/auf
contents of Memory Script:
{
Alter clone database open resetlogs;
}
executing Memory Script
database opened
Finished Duplicate Db at 10-APR-06
2. After the DUPLICATE DATABASE operation completes, exit from RMAN.
9) Use SQL*Plus to log in to your AUX database and execute a query against the
HR.REGIONS table.
Answer:
1. Verify that ORACLE_SID is set to aux.
2. Log in to SQL*Plus as SYSDBA and execute a query against the HR.REGIONS
table.
SQL> select * from hr.regions;
REGION_ID REGION_NAME
---------- -------------------------
1 Europe
2 Americas
3 Asia
4 Middle East and Africa
10) Now that you have completed the test recovery by creating a duplicate database, shut
down the aux instance.
Answer:
1. Connect as SYSDBA and execute the SHUTDOWN IMMEDIATE command.
SQL> shutdown immediate
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 6-1: Create a Duplicate Database (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 71
Database closed.
Database dismounted.
ORACLE instance shut down.
SQL>
2. Exit from SQL*Plus.
11) Change your ORACLE_SID to orcl in preparation for later practices.
Answer:
1. At the operating prompt, enter ORACLE_SID=orcl to change your
ORACLE_SID.
[oracle@edrsr10p1 oracle]$ ORACLE_SID=orcl
[oracle@edrsr10p1 oracle]$ echo $ORACLE_SID
orcl
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 72
Practice Solutions for Lesson 7
In this practice, you use tablespace point-in-time recovery to recover from unwanted
changes to your database.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 73
Solutions for Practice 7-1: Use Tablespace Point-in-time
Recovery
1) Execute the lab_07_01_01_01.sh script to export the HR schema.
Answer:
1. In a terminal window, change to the labs directory and execute the
lab_07_01_01_01.sh script to export the HR schema.
[oracle@edrsr10p1 labs]$ ./lab_07_01_01_01.sh
Export: Release 10.2.0.1.0 - Production on Wednesday, 12
April, 2006 13:03:27
Copyright (c) 2003, 2005, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Connected to: Oracle Database 10g Enterprise Edition
Release 10.2.0.1.0 - Produn
With the Partitioning, OLAP and Data Mining options
tarting "SYSTEM"."SYS_EXPORT_SCHEMA_01": system/********
dumpfile=hrexp.dmp sr
Estimate in progress using BLOCKS method...
Processing object type SCHEMA_EXPORT/TABLE/TABLE_DATA
Total estimation using BLOCKS method: 448 KB
Processing object type SCHEMA_EXPORT/USER
Processing object type SCHEMA_EXPORT/SYSTEM_GRANT
Processing object type SCHEMA_EXPORT/ROLE_GRANT
Processing object type SCHEMA_EXPORT/DEFAULT_ROLE
Processing object type
SCHEMA_EXPORT/PRE_SCHEMA/PROCACT_SCHEMA
Processing object type SCHEMA_EXPORT/SEQUENCE/SEQUENCE
Processing object type SCHEMA_EXPORT/TABLE/TABLE
Processing object type
SCHEMA_EXPORT/TABLE/GRANT/OWNER_GRANT/OBJECT_GRANT
Processing object type SCHEMA_EXPORT/TABLE/INDEX/INDEX
Processing object type
SCHEMA_EXPORT/TABLE/CONSTRAINT/CONSTRAINT
Processing object type
SCHEMA_EXPORT/TABLE/INDEX/STATISTICS/INDEX_STATISTICS
Processing object type SCHEMA_EXPORT/TABLE/COMMENT
Processing object type SCHEMA_EXPORT/PROCEDURE/PROCEDURE
Processing object type
SCHEMA_EXPORT/PROCEDURE/ALTER_PROCEDURE
Processing object type SCHEMA_EXPORT/VIEW/VIEW
Processing object type
SCHEMA_EXPORT/TABLE/CONSTRAINT/REF_CONSTRAINT
Processing object type SCHEMA_EXPORT/TABLE/TRIGGER
Processing object type
SCHEMA_EXPORT/TABLE/STATISTICS/TABLE_STATISTICS
. . exported "HR"."COUNTRIES"
6.085 KB 25 rows
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 7-1: Use Tablespace Point-in-time Recovery
(continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 74
. . exported "HR"."DEPARTMENTS"
6.632 KB 27 rows
. . exported "HR"."EMPLOYEES"
15.76 KB 107 rows
. . exported "HR"."JOBS"
6.609 KB 19 rows
. . exported "HR"."JOB_HISTORY"
6.585 KB 10 rows
. . exported "HR"."LOCATIONS"
7.710 KB 23 rows
. . exported "HR"."REGIONS"
5.289 KB 4 rows
Master table "SYSTEM"."SYS_EXPORT_SCHEMA_01" successfully
loaded/unloaded
**********************************************************
********************
Dump file set for SYSTEM.SYS_EXPORT_SCHEMA_01 is:
/u01/app/oracle/product/10.2.0/db_1/rdbms/log/hrexp.dmp
Job "SYSTEM"."SYS_EXPORT_SCHEMA_01" successfully completed
at 13:03:44
2) Execute the lab_07_01_02_02.sql script to create a new tablespace and a new
user in your database.
Answer:
1. In your terminal window, log in to SQL*Plus as SYSDBA.
2. Execute the lab_07_01_02_02.sql script to create the HRTEST tablespace
and the HRTEST user.
SQL> @lab_07_01_02_02
SQL> SET TERMOUT ON
SQL> CONNECT / AS SYSDBA
Connected.
SQL> REM ***** Tablespace for the HR import *****
SQL> CREATE SMALLFILE TABLESPACE HRTEST
2 DATAFILE '/u01/app/oracle/oradata/orcl/hrtest01.dbf'
SIZE 10M
3 AUTOEXTEND ON NEXT 500K MAXSIZE UNLIMITED LOGGING
4 EXTENT MANAGEMENT LOCAL
5 SEGMENT SPACE MANAGEMENT AUTO;
Tablespace created.
SQL> REM ***** User/schema for the HR import *****
SQL> CREATE USER hrtest
2 PROFILE DEFAULT
3 IDENTIFIED BY hrtest
4 DEFAULT TABLESPACE hrtest
5 TEMPORARY TABLESPACE temp
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 7-1: Use Tablespace Point-in-time Recovery
(continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 75
6 QUOTA UNLIMITED ON hrtest
7 ACCOUNT UNLOCK
8 ;
User created.
SQL> GRANT connect, resource
2 TO hrtest;
Grant succeeded.
3) Execute the lab_07_01_03_01.sh script to populate the new tablespace with a
copy of the data from the HR schema.
Note: The import should complete successfully. You will receive error messages
because the import excludes the COUNTRIES, REGIONS, and LOCATIONS tables.
These messages can be ignored.
Answer:
1. In your terminal window at the operating system prompt, execute the
lab_07_01_03_01.sh script.
[oracle@edrsr10p1 labs]$ ./lab_07_01_03_01.sh
Import: Release 10.2.0.1.0 - Production on Friday, 14
April, 2006 7:08:42
Copyright (c) 2003, 2005, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Connected to: Oracle Database 10g Enterprise Edition
Release 10.2.0.1.0 - Produn
With the Partitioning, OLAP and Data Mining options
Master table "SYSTEM"."SYS_IMPORT_FULL_01" successfully
loaded/unloaded
Starting "SYSTEM"."SYS_IMPORT_FULL_01": system/********
dumpfile=hrexp.dmp par
Processing object type SCHEMA_EXPORT/USER
ORA-31684: Object type USER:"HRTEST" already exists
Processing object type SCHEMA_EXPORT/SYSTEM_GRANT
Processing object type SCHEMA_EXPORT/ROLE_GRANT
Processing object type SCHEMA_EXPORT/DEFAULT_ROLE
Processing object type
SCHEMA_EXPORT/PRE_SCHEMA/PROCACT_SCHEMA
Processing object type SCHEMA_EXPORT/SEQUENCE/SEQUENCE
Processing object type SCHEMA_EXPORT/TABLE/TABLE
Processing object type SCHEMA_EXPORT/TABLE/TABLE_DATA
. . imported "HRTEST"."DEPARTMENTS"
6.632 KB 27 rows
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 7-1: Use Tablespace Point-in-time Recovery
(continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 76
. . imported "HRTEST"."EMPLOYEES"
15.76 KB 107 rows
. . imported "HRTEST"."JOBS"
6.609 KB 19 rows
. . imported "HRTEST"."JOB_HISTORY"
6.585 KB 10 rows
Processing object type
SCHEMA_EXPORT/TABLE/GRANT/OWNER_GRANT/OBJECT_GRANT
Processing object type SCHEMA_EXPORT/TABLE/INDEX/INDEX
Processing object type
SCHEMA_EXPORT/TABLE/CONSTRAINT/CONSTRAINT
Processing object type
SCHEMA_EXPORT/TABLE/INDEX/STATISTICS/INDEX_STATISTICS
Processing object type SCHEMA_EXPORT/TABLE/COMMENT
Processing object type SCHEMA_EXPORT/PROCEDURE/PROCEDURE
Processing object type
SCHEMA_EXPORT/PROCEDURE/ALTER_PROCEDURE
Processing object type SCHEMA_EXPORT/VIEW/VIEW
ORA-39082: Object type VIEW:"HRTEST"."EMP_DETAILS_VIEW"
created with compilatios
Processing object type
SCHEMA_EXPORT/TABLE/CONSTRAINT/REF_CONSTRAINT
ORA-39083: Object type REF_CONSTRAINT failed to create
with error:
ORA-00942: table or view does not exist
Failing sql is:
ALTER TABLE "HRTEST"."DEPARTMENTS" ADD CONSTRAINT
"DEPT_LOC_FK" FOREIGN KEY ("LE
Processing object type SCHEMA_EXPORT/TABLE/TRIGGER
Processing object type
SCHEMA_EXPORT/TABLE/STATISTICS/TABLE_STATISTICS
Job "SYSTEM"."SYS_IMPORT_FULL_01" completed with 3
error(s) at 07:08:54
4) Create a backup of your database using RMAN.
Answer:
1. Invoke RMAN and connect to your target database.
2. Execute the BACKUP DATABASE command.
RMAN> backup database;
Starting backup at 14-APR-06
using target database control file instead of recovery
catalog
allocated channel: ORA_DISK_1
channel ORA_DISK_1: sid=127 devtype=DISK
channel ORA_DISK_1: starting full datafile backupset
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 7-1: Use Tablespace Point-in-time Recovery
(continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 77
channel ORA_DISK_1: specifying datafile(s) in backupset
input datafile fno=00001
name=/u01/app/oracle/oradata/orcl/system01.dbf
input datafile fno=00003
name=/u01/app/oracle/oradata/orcl/sysaux01.dbf
input datafile fno=00005
name=/u01/app/oracle/oradata/orcl/example01.dbf
input datafile fno=00002
name=/u01/app/oracle/oradata/orcl/undotbs01.dbf
input datafile fno=00004
name=/u01/app/oracle/oradata/orcl/users01.dbf
input datafile fno=00007
name=/u01/app/oracle/oradata/orcl/hrtest01.dbf
input datafile fno=00006
name=/u01/app/oracle/oradata/orcl/example02.dbf
channel ORA_DISK_1: starting piece 1 at 14-APR-06
channel ORA_DISK_1: finished piece 1 at 14-APR-06
piece
handle=/u01/app/oracle/flash_recovery_area/ORCL/backupset/
2006_04_14/o1_mE
channel ORA_DISK_1: backup set complete, elapsed time:
00:01:35
Finished backup at 14-APR-06
Starting Control File and SPFILE Autobackup at 14-APR-06
piece
handle=/u01/app/oracle/flash_recovery_area/ORCL/autobackup
/2006_04_14/o1_E
Finished Control File and SPFILE Autobackup at 14-APR-06
5) Record the current SCN: ____________
Answer:
1. Invoke SQL*Plus as SYSDBA.
2. Query the CURRENT_SCN column in V$DATABASE and record the current SCN.
SQL> select current_scn from V$database;
CURRENT_SCN
-----------
4725352
6) Record the current time.
Answer:
1. Execute the date command at the operating system prompt.
[oracle@edrsr10p1 labs]$ date
Fri Apr 14 13:07:57 PDT 2006
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 7-1: Use Tablespace Point-in-time Recovery
(continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 78
7) Execute the lab_07_01_07_01.sql script to query the HRTEST.EMPLOYEES
table and view information about employees in department 60.
Make note of the highest salary that is displayed: ________
Answer:
1. Execute the lab_07_01_07_01.sql script.
SQL> @lab_07_01_07_01
SQL> select employee_id, last_name, salary
2 from employees
3 where department_id = 60
4 /
EMPLOYEE_ID LAST_NAME SALARY
----------- ------------------------- ----------
103 Hunold 9000
104 Ernst 6000
105 Austin 4800
106 Pataballa 4800
107 Lorentz 4200
8) Execute the lab_07_01_08_01.sql script to update the salaries for the
employees in department 60 and note the highest salary displayed.
Highest salary: _____________
Answer:
1. Execute the lab_07_01_08_01.sql script.
SQL> @lab_07_01_08_01
SQL> update hrtest.employees
2 set salary = salary * 1.25
3 where department_id = 60
4 /
5 rows updated.
SQL> select employee_id, last_name, salary
2 from hrtest.employees
3 where department_id = 60
4 /
EMPLOYEE_ID LAST_NAME SALARY
----------- ------------------------- ----------
103 Hunold 11250
104 Ernst 7500
105 Austin 6000
106 Pataballa 6000
107 Lorentz 5250
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 7-1: Use Tablespace Point-in-time Recovery
(continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 79
9) You now want to perform TSPITR for the HRTEST tablespace to return it to the state
prior to the updates. Execute the lab_07_01_09_01.sql script to determine
whether there are any dependencies that will prevent the TSPITR operation.
Answer:
1. Execute the lab_07_01_09_01.sql script.
SQL> @lab_07_01_09_01
SQL> SELECT obj1_owner, obj1_name, obj1_type, ts1_name,
2 obj2_owner, obj2_name, obj2_type, ts2_name,
3 constraint_name, reason
4 FROM SYS.TS_PITR_CHECK
5 WHERE (TS1_NAME IN ('HRTEST')
6 AND TS2_NAME NOT IN ('HRTEST'))
7 OR (TS1_NAME NOT IN ('HRTEST')
8 AND TS2_NAME IN ('HRTEST'))
9 /
no rows selected
No rows selected indicates that there are no dependencies to any tablespaces
outside of the recovery set, so you can proceed with the tablespace point-in-time
recovery.
10) You can use Enterprise Manager Database Control or RMAN command line to
perform tablespace point-in-time recovery.
Answer:
The answer presents the solution using Enterprise Manager Database Control.
If you want to use RMAN command line, refer to the course notes for detailed
information and execute the RECOVER TABLESPACE command as follows:
RECOVER TABLESPACE hrtest UNTIL SCN <scn>
AUXILIARY DESTINATION /u01/app/oracle/oradata/tspitr;
1. Invoke Enterprise Manager Database Control and log in as SYS/ORACLE as
SYSDBA.
2. Select the Maintenance page.
3. Select Perform Recovery in the Backup/Recovery section.
4. Select Tablespaces in the Object Level Recovery section. The page refreshes.
Accept the default selection Recover to current time or a previous point-in-time.
Click Perform Object Level Recovery.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 7-1: Use Tablespace Point-in-time Recovery
(continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 80
5. Select Recover to a prior point-in-time and specify the SCN you recorded
earlier. Click Next.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 7-1: Use Tablespace Point-in-time Recovery
(continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 81
6. Specify the auxiliary instance location of
/u01/app/oracle/oradata/tspitr. Click Add to select the tablespace.
7. Select the HRTEST tablespace. Click Select.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 7-1: Use Tablespace Point-in-time Recovery
(continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 82
8. Select the HRTEST tablespace and click Next.
9. Accept No. Restore the files to the default location. On the Perform Object
Level Recovery: Rename page. Click Next.
10. Review the information and click Submit.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 7-1: Use Tablespace Point-in-time Recovery
(continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 83
11. The Processing: Perform Object Level Recovery page is displayed.
12. After the recovery completes, the Perform Recovery: Result page is displayed.
You can review the TSPITR operation by scrolling through the output window.
13. Click OK.
11) Verify that the HRTEST tablespace is online.
Answer:
1. In Enterprise Manager Database Control, navigate to the Administration page.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 7-1: Use Tablespace Point-in-time Recovery
(continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 84
2. Select Tablespaces and view the status of the HRTEST tablespace.
12) Verify that the SALARY columns in HRTEST.EMPLOYEES for the employees in
department 60 contain the correct values.
Answer:
1. Invoke SQL*Plus and execute the lab_07_01_12_01.sql script.
SQL> @lab_07_01_12_01
SQL> select employee_id, last_name, salary
2 from hrtest.employees
3 where department_id = 60
4 /
EMPLOYEE_ID LAST_NAME SALARY
----------- ------------------------- ----------
103 Hunold 9000
104 Ernst 6000
105 Austin 4800
106 Pataballa 4800
107 Lorentz 4200
2. The highest salary value should be back to the original value you recorded in
step 7.
13) Execute the lab_07_01_13_02.sql script to add a constraint to the
HRTEST.DEPARTMENTS table.
Answer:
1. Invoke SQL*Plus and connect as SYSDBA.
2. Execute the lab_07_01_13_02.sql script.
SQL> @lab_07_01_13_02
SQL> connect / as sysdba
Connected.
SQL> GRANT references (location_id) on hr.locations to
hrtest
2 /
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 7-1: Use Tablespace Point-in-time Recovery
(continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 85
Grant succeeded.
SQL> connect hrtest/hrtest
Connected.
SQL> ALTER TABLE hrtest.departments
2 ADD CONSTRAINT dept_loc_id_fk FOREIGN KEY
(location_id)
3 REFERENCES hr.locations (location_id)
4 /
Table altered.
14) Assume you need to perform TSPITR on the HRTEST tablespace again. Execute the
lab_07_01_14_02.sql query to determine whether there are any dependencies
outside the recovery set.
Answer:
1. Invoke SQL*Plus and connect as SYSDBA.
2. Execute the lab_07_01_14_02.sql script.
SQL> @lab_07_01_14_02
SQL> set echo on
SQL> SELECT obj1_owner, obj1_name, obj1_type, ts1_name,
2 obj2_owner, obj2_name, obj2_type, ts2_name,
3 constraint_name, reason
4 FROM SYS.TS_PITR_CHECK
5 WHERE (TS1_NAME IN ('HRTEST')
6 AND TS2_NAME NOT IN ('HRTEST'))
7 OR (TS1_NAME NOT IN ('HRTEST')
8 AND TS2_NAME IN ('HRTEST'))
9 /
OBJ1_OWNER OBJ1_NAME OBJ1_TYPE TS1_NAME
---------------------------------------------------------
OBJ2_OWNER OBJ2_NAME OBJ2_TYPE TS2_NAME
------------------------------ --------------------------
CONSTRAINT_NAME REASON
------------------------------
HR LOCATIONS TABLE EXAMPLE
HRTEST DEPARTMENTS TABLE HRTEST
DEPT_LOC_ID_FK
constraint between tables not contained in recovery set
HR LOCATIONS TABLE EXAMPLE
HRTEST DEPARTMENTS TABLE HRTEST
DEPT_MGR_FK
constraint between tables not contained in recovery set
HR LOCATIONS TABLE EXAMPLE
HRTEST DEPARTMENTS TABLE HRTEST
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 7-1: Use Tablespace Point-in-time Recovery
(continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 86
DEPT_ID_PK
constraint between tables not contained in recovery set
HR LOCATIONS TABLE EXAMPLE
HRTEST DEPARTMENTS TABLE HRTEST
DEPT_NAME_NN
constraint between tables not contained in recovery set
15) If you wanted to complete the tablespace point-in-time recovery for the HRTEST
tablespace now, what would you need to do?
Note: You will not perform another tablespace point-in-recovery in this practice.
Answer:
You would need to disable the DEPT_LOC_ID_FK constraint that was added to your
HRTEST.DEPARTMENTS table or you would need to add the tablespace that
contains the HR.LOCATIONS table to your recovery set.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 87
Practice Solutions for Lesson 8
In this practice, you create a recovery catalog in your instructors database and register
your database in the recovery catalog.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 88
Solutions for Practice 8-1: Create the Recovery Catalog and
Register the Database
The tablespace for the recovery catalog and the recovery catalog owner have been created
in the instructor database. The tablespaces are named RCTS01 RCTS12. The users are
named RCUSER01 RCUSER12.
1) Connect to the recovery catalog database (instructors database) with the appropriate
recovery catalog owner name (if you are using PC01, connect as RCUSER01) using
RMAN. Create the recovery catalog in your assigned tablespace. (If you are using
PC01, your assigned tablespace is RCTS01.) The service name is RCDB.
Answer: This example uses RCUSER10 as the username and password. Your
assigned username and password may differ from this example.
[oracle@edrsr10p1 oracle]$ rman catalog
rcuser10/rcuser10@rcdb
Recovery Manager: Release 10.2.0.1.0 - Production on Thu
Mar 16 13:58:52 2006
Copyright (c) 1982, 2005, Oracle. All rights reserved.
connected to recovery catalog database
RMAN> create catalog
recovery catalog created
RMAN> exit
Recovery Manager complete.
2) Using RMAN, connect to your target database and the recovery catalog database.
Answer:
[oracle@edrsr10p1 oracle]$ rman target / catalog
rcuser10/rcuser10@rcdb
Recovery Manager: Release 10.2.0.1.0 - Production on Thu
Mar 16 14:22:04 2006
Copyright (c) 1982, 2005, Oracle. All rights reserved.
connected to target database: ORCL (DBID=1090770270)
connected to recovery catalog database
RMAN>
3) Using RMAN, execute the command to resynchronize the control file and recovery
catalog. What happens? Why?
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 8-1: Create the Recovery Catalog and Register the
Database (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 89
Answer: The target database is not yet registered in the recovery catalog, so the
resync command fails.
RMAN> resync catalog;
RMAN-00571:
==========================================================
=
RMAN-00569: =============== ERROR MESSAGE STACK FOLLOWS
===============
RMAN-00571:
==========================================================
=
RMAN-03002: failure of resync command at 03/16/2006
14:28:21
RMAN-06004: ORACLE error from recovery catalog database:
RMAN-20001: target datg
4) Register the target database in the recovery catalog. You can use RMAN command-
line or Enterprise Manager for this step.
Answer: Use RMAN command-line OR Enterprise Manager Database Control.
1. Using RMAN:
RMAN> register database;
database registered in recovery catalog
starting full resync of recovery catalog
full resync complete
RMAN>
2. Using Enterprise Manager:
Select Recovery Catalog Settings on the Maintenance Page. Select Add Recovery
Catalog on the Recovery Catalog Settings page.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 8-1: Create the Recovery Catalog and Register the
Database (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 90
The Add Recovery Catalog: Database page is displayed. On this page, enter the
information requested for the recovery catalog database. Click Next.
Review the information on the Add Recovery Catalog: Review page and click
Finish.
The Processing: Configure Catalog page is displayed. After processing completes,
you are returned to the Recovery Catalog Settings page. Select Use Recovery
Catalog and click OK.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 8-1: Create the Recovery Catalog and Register the
Database (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 91
The Processing: Register Database page is displayed. After the processing
completes, the Recovery Catalog Settings page is displayed indicating that the
database was successfully registered with the recovery catalog.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 8-1: Create the Recovery Catalog and Register the
Database (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 92
5) Create an RMAN script named whole_backup to make a whole database backup.
Do not execute the whole_backup script at this time.
Answer:
1. Using RMAN, connect to your target database and the recovery catalog.
[oracle@edrsr10p1 oracle]$ rman target / catalog
rcuser10/rcuser10@rcdb
Recovery Manager: Release 10.2.0.1.0 - Production on Mon
Mar 20 11:59:00 2006
Copyright (c) 1982, 2005, Oracle. All rights reserved.
connected to target database: ORCL (DBID=1090770270)
connected to recovery catalog database
2. Create the whole_backup script using the CREATE SCRIPT command.
RMAN> CREATE SCRIPT whole_backup
2> {
3> BACKUP DATABASE;
4> }
created script whole_backup
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 8-1: Create the Recovery Catalog and Register the
Database (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 93
6) Use the PRINT command to query the recovery catalog and verify the creation of
your whole_backup script.
RMAN> PRINT SCRIPT whole_backup;
printing stored script: whole_backup
{BACKUP DATABASE;
}
RMAN>
7) In preparation for later practices, use RMAN to unregister your database from the
recovery catalog.
Answer:
1. Connect to your target database and the recovery catalog.
2. Execute the UNREGISTER DATABASE command.
RMAN> unregister database;
database name is "ORCL" and DBID is 1090770270
Do you really want to unregister the database (enter YES
or NO)? yes
database unregistered from the recovery catalog
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 94
Practice Solutions for Lesson 9
In this practice, you monitor the progress of your RMAN backup jobs.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 95
Solutions for Practice 9-1: Use SQL to Monitor the Progress of
RMAN Backups
1) Invoke RMAN and delete all obsolete backups.
Answer:
1. Invoke RMAN and connect to your target database.
2. Execute the DELETE OBSOLETE command.
RMAN> delete obsolete;
using target database control file instead of recovery
catalog
RMAN retention policy will be applied to the command
RMAN retention policy is set to redundancy 1
allocated channel: ORA_DISK_1
channel ORA_DISK_1: sid=133 devtype=DISK
allocated channel: ORA_SBT_TAPE_1
channel ORA_SBT_TAPE_1: sid=158 devtype=SBT_TAPE
channel ORA_SBT_TAPE_1: Oracle Secure Backup
Deleting the following obsolete backups and copies:
Type Key Completion Time
Filename/Handle
-------------------- ------ ------------------ -----------
---------
Backup Set 80 14-APR-06
Backup Piece 81 14-APR-06
/u01/app/oracle/flash_recovery_ap
Archive Log 76 14-APR-06
/u01/app/oracle/flash_recovery_ac
Backup Set 101 14-APR-06
Backup Piece 102 14-APR-06
/u01/app/oracle/flash_recovery_ap
Do you really want to delete the above objects (enter YES
or NO)? yes
eleted backup piece
backup piece
handle=/u01/app/oracle/flash_recovery_area/ORCL/backupset/
2006_04_8
deleted archive log
archive log
filename=/u01/app/oracle/flash_recovery_area/ORCL/archivel
og/2006_08
Deleted 18 objects
RMAN>
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 9-1: Use SQL to Monitor the Progress of RMAN
Backups (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 96
2) Open a second terminal window. Change to the labs directory. Invoke SQL*Plus
and connect as SYSDBA. You will use this second session to monitor a database
backup.
3) Return to your first terminal window. In your RMAN session, begin a whole database
backup.
Answer:
1. Execute the RMAN BACKUP DATABASE command.
RMAN> backup database;
Starting backup at 17-APR-06
released channel: ORA_SBT_TAPE_1
using channel ORA_DISK_1
channel ORA_DISK_1: starting full datafile backupset
channel ORA_DISK_1: specifying datafile(s) in backupset
input datafile fno=00001
name=/u01/app/oracle/oradata/orcl/system01.dbf
input datafile fno=00003
name=/u01/app/oracle/oradata/orcl/sysaux01.dbf
input datafile fno=00005
name=/u01/app/oracle/oradata/orcl/example01.dbf
input datafile fno=00002
name=/u01/app/oracle/oradata/orcl/undotbs01.dbf
input datafile fno=00004
name=/u01/app/oracle/oradata/orcl/users01.dbf
input datafile fno=00007
name=/u01/app/oracle/oradata/orcl/hrtest01.dbf
input datafile fno=00006
name=/u01/app/oracle/oradata/orcl/example02.dbf
channel ORA_DISK_1: starting piece 1 at 17-APR-06
4) Use your SQL*Plus session to monitor the progress of the whole database backup by
querying the V$SESSION_LONGOPS view. By using this view you can determine
whether the backup is progressing normally or hanging. If the backup is progressing
normally, the TIME_REMAINING column should be decreasing. Execute the
lab_09_01_04_01.sql script to query V$SESSION_LONGOPS.
Answer:
1. Execute the lab_09_01_04_01.sql script.
SQL> @lab_09_01_04_01
SQL> SELECT sid,start_time,elapsed_seconds, time_remaining
2 FROM v$session_longops
3 /
SID START_TIM ELAPSED_SECONDS TIME_REMAINING
---------- --------- --------------- --------------
131 17-APR-06 0
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 9-1: Use SQL to Monitor the Progress of RMAN
Backups (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 97
133 17-APR-06 9 58
133 17-APR-06 9
2. Execute the lab_09_01_04_01.sql script again. You should notice that the
value in the TIME_REMAINING column is decreasing.
SQL> /
SID START_TIM ELAPSED_SECONDS TIME_REMAINING
---------- --------- --------------- --------------
131 17-APR-06 0
133 17-APR-06 17 46
133 17-APR-06 17
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 98
Solutions for Practice 9-2: Use Enterprise Manager to Monitor
RMAN Jobs
You can easily monitor RMAN jobs in Enterprise Manager.
1) Start Enterprise Manager and log in as SYS/ORACLE as SYSDBA.
2) Delete obsolete backups.
Answer:
1. Navigate to the Maintenance page.
2. Select Manage Current Backups.
3. On the Manage Current Backups page, click Delete All Obsolete.
4. Click Submit Job.
5. The job is submitted. Click View Job to view the progress of the Delete All
Obsolete job.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 9-2: Use Enterprise Manager to Monitor RMAN Jobs
(continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 99
6. You can view additional information by clicking the links in the Logs section.
7. Click the Database tab to return to the home page.
3) Start a whole database backup.
Answer:
1. Navigate to the Maintenance page.
2. Select Schedule Backup in the Backup/Recovery section.
3. Select Whole Database in the Customized Backup section. Click Schedule
Customized Backup.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 9-2: Use Enterprise Manager to Monitor RMAN Jobs
(continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 100
4. Select Full Backup in the Backup Type section. Select Online Backup in the
Backup Mode section. Deselect Also back up all archived logs on disk in the
Advanced section. Select Delete obsolete backups in the Advanced section.
Click Next.
5. On the Schedule Customized Backup: Settings page, select Disk. Click Next.
6. Accept the default values on the Schedule Customized Backup: Schedule page.
Click Next.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 9-2: Use Enterprise Manager to Monitor RMAN Jobs
(continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 101
7. Click Submit Job.
8. Click View Job.
9. Information about the job is displayed. Click the links in the Logs section to view
additional information.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 9-2: Use Enterprise Manager to Monitor RMAN Jobs
(continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 102
10. You can view detailed information about each job step. Click the Job Run link
to return to the Job page.
11. Click the Database tab to return to the home page.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 103
Practice Solutions for Lesson 10
There are no practices for Lesson 10.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 104
Practice Solutions for Lesson 11
In this practice, you perform the following tasks:
Create your Oracle Secure Backup home directory.
Install the Oracle Secure Backup software.
Configure virtual test devices.
View information about the configured devices.
Connect to the EM Database Console application using your browser.
Register your administrative server with EM.
Insert four volumes into the tape library.
Test connectivity to the tape drive.
Define a new Oracle Secure Backup user.
Configure preauthorization for this user.
THE VIRTUAL TEST DEVICES USED IN THIS LAB ARE FOR TRAINING
PURPOSES ONLY. THEY ARE NOT SUPPORTED FOR PRODUCTION USE.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 105
Solutions for Practice 11-1: Install Oracle Secure Backup
In this practice, you perform the following tasks:
Create your Oracle Secure Backup home directory.
Install the Oracle Secure Backup software.
Unless specified otherwise during this practice, you should log in as the oracle user to
your terminal emulator session.
Use the following information to install the software:
The Oracle Secure Backup software is staged on your server in the
/stage/osb/osb_10_1cdrom directory.
Your Oracle Secure Backup home directory is
/usr/local/oracle/backup.
During installation, you configure only the local machine as an administrative
server with no attached devices.
1) Log in as the root user and create /usr/local/oracle/backup as your
Oracle Secure Backup home directory. Change to that directory.
Answer:
[oracle@edrsr4p1 oracle]$ su
Password: oracle <<password not echoed >>
[root@edrsr4p1 oracle]# mkdir -p /usr/local/oracle/backup
[root@edrsr4p1 oracle]# cd /usr/local/oracle/backup
[root@edrsr4p1 backup]#
2) Continue as the root user. Start the installation of Oracle Secure Backup from the
staging directory. Begin with the setup program.
Answer:
Note: The output has been slightly formatted to reduce the number of space lines.
[root@edrsr4p1 backup]# /stage/osb/osb_10_1cdrom/setup
Welcome to Oracle's setup program for Oracle Secure
Backup. This program loads Oracle Secure Backup software
from the CD-ROM to a filesystem directory of your
choosing.
This CD-ROM contains Oracle Secure Backup version
10.1.060420.
Please wait a moment while I learn about this host...
done.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
You may load any of the following Oracle Secure Backup
packages:
1. linux32 (RH 2.1, RHEL 3, RHEL 4, SuSE 8, SuSE 9)
administrative server, media server, client
2. solaris64 (Solaris 2.8 and later, SPARC)
administrative server, media server, client
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 11-1: Install Oracle Secure Backup
(continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 106
Enter a space-separated list of packages you'd like to
load. To load all packages, enter 'all' [1]: 1
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Loading Oracle Secure Backup installation tools... done.
Loading linux32 administrative server, media server,
client... done.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Loading of Oracle Secure Backup software from CD-ROM is
complete.
You may unmount and remove the CD-ROM.
Would you like to continue Oracle Secure Backup
installation with 'installob' now? (The Oracle Secure
Backup Installation Guide contains complete information
about installob.)
Please answer 'yes' or 'no' [yes]: yes
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Welcome to installob, Oracle Secure Backup's UNIX
installation program.
It installs Oracle Secure Backup onto one or more UNIX,
Linux, or other supported open-source systems on your
network. (Install Oracle Secure Backup for Windows using
the CD-ROM from which you loaded this software.)
For most questions, a default answer appears enclosed in
square brackets.
Press Enter to select this answer.
Please wait a few seconds while I learn about this
machine... done.
Have you already reviewed and customize
install/obparameters for your Oracle Secure Backup
installation [yes]? no
Would you like to do this now [yes]? no
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
You can choose to install Oracle Secure Backup in one of
two ways:
(a) interactively, by answering questions asked by
this program, or
(b) in batch mode, by preparing a network description
file
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 11-1: Install Oracle Secure Backup
(continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 107
Use interactive mode to install Oracle Secure Backup on a
small number of hosts. Use batch mode to install Oracle
Secure Backup on any number of hosts.
Which installation method would you like to use (a or b)
[a]? a
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Oracle Secure Backup is not yet installed on this machine.
Oracle Secure Backup's Web server has been loaded, but is
not yet configured.
You can install this host one of three ways:
(a) administrative server
(the host will also be able to act as a media
server or client)
(b) media server
(the host will also be able to act as a client)
(c) client
If you are not sure which way to install, please refer to
the Oracle
Secure Backup Installation Guide. (a,b or c) [a]? a
Beginning the installation. This will take just a minute
and will produce several lines of informational output.
Installing Oracle Secure Backup on edrsr4p1 (Linux version
2.4.21-20.EL)
You must now enter a password for the Oracle Secure Backup
'admin' user.
Oracle suggests you choose a password of at least 8
characters in length,
containing a mixture of alphabetic and numeric characters.
Please enter the admin password: oracle <<not echoed>>
Re-type password for verification: oracle <<not echoed>>
generating links for admin installation with Web
server
updating /etc/ld.so.conf
checking Oracle Secure Backup's configuration file
(/etc/obconfig)
setting Oracle Secure Backup directory to
/usr/local/oracle/backup in /etc/obconfig
setting local database directory to /usr/etc/ob in
/etc/obconfig
setting temp directory to /usr/tmp in /etc/obconfig
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 11-1: Install Oracle Secure Backup
(continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 108
setting administrative directory to
/usr/local/oracle/backup/admin in /etc/obconfig
protecting the Oracle Secure Backup directory
removing /etc/rc.d/init.d/qrserviced
creating /etc/rc.d/init.d/observiced
activating observiced via chkconfig
initializing the administrative domain
creating default oracle user
Is edrsr4p1 connected to any tape libraries that you'd
like to use with Oracle Secure Backup [no]? no
Is edrsr4p1 connected to any tape drives that you'd like
to use with Oracle Secure Backup [no]? no
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Would you like to install Oracle Secure Backup on any
other machine [yes]? no
Installation summary:
Installation Host OS Driver OS Move Reboot
Mode Name Name Installed? Required? Required?
admin edrsr4p1 Linux no no no
Oracle Secure Backup is now ready for your use.
[root@edrsr4p1 backup]# exit
exit
[oracle@edrsr4p1 oracle}$
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 109
Solutions for Practice 11-2: Configure Devices for Oracle Secure
Backup
In this practice, you perform the following tasks:
Configure a virtual test library and a virtual test drive.
View information about the configured devices and the default media family via
the obtool interface.
1) In a terminal window, navigate to the /home/oracle/labs directory and execute
the ./lab_11_02_01.sh script to configure the vlib tape library directly attached
to your administrative server.
Answer:
[oracle@edrsr4p1 oracle]$ cd /home/oracle/labs
[oracle@edrsr4p1 labs]$ ./lab_11_02_01.sh
edrsr4p1
************************************************
Creating a library
************************************************
Info: added "mediaserver" role to host edrsr4p1.
[oracle@edrsr4p1 labs]$
2) In the /home/oracle/labs directory, execute the ./lab_11_02_02.sh script to
configure the vt tape drive for the library:
Answer:
[oracle@edrsr4p1 labs]$ ./lab_11_02_02.sh
edrsr4p1
************************************************
Creating a tape drive in the library
************************************************
[oracle@edrsr4p1 labs]$
3) Start the obtool as the admin user with the oracle password, and view the
currently configured devices.
(Hint: Use the lsdev command.)
Answer:
[oracle@edrsr4p1 labs]$ obtool
Oracle Secure Backup 10.1.0
login: admin
Password:oracle <<Password not echoed >>
ob> lsdev
library vlib in service
drive 1 vt in service
Note: If you receive the following, Warning: auto-login failed login
token has expired, ignore it. It means that you have to enter the login username
and password as shown above. If you are within the time period of your login token,
you do not have to enter username and password.
4) View the RMAN-DEFAULT media family.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 11-2: Configure Devices for Oracle Secure Backup
(continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 110
(Hint: Use the lsmf --long command, , and use the quit command to exit.)
Answer:
ob> lsmf --long
RMAN-DEFAULT:
Keep volume set: content manages reuse
Appendable: yes
Volume ID used: unique to this media family
Comment: Default RMAN backup media family
ob> quit
[oracle@edrsr4p1 oracle]$
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 111
Solutions for Practice 11-3: Register the Administrative Server
In this practice, you perform the following tasks:
Connect to the EM Database Console application using your browser.
Register your administrative server with EM.
Insert four volumes into the virtual test library.
Test connectivity to the virtual test drive.
Unless specified otherwise, you should log in as the oracle user to your terminal
emulator session, and as SYSDBA to your Database Control console and SQL*Plus
sessions.
1) With your browser, connect to Enterprise Manager Database Control using the IP
address or machine name for your host.
Answer:
1. Open your browser application.
2. Enter the URL, http://<machine name>:1158/em. You can use either the
name of your PC or its IP address. You can retrieve the host name for your
computer by calling the <OSB_Home>/bin/hostinfo script.
[oracle@edrsr4p1 labs]$
/usr/local/oracle/backup/bin/hostinfo
edrsr4p1.us.oracle.com
3. On the Database Login page, enter SYS as User Name, oracle as Password,
select SYSDBA from the Connect As drop-down list, and then click Login.
4. Because this is the first time you are connecting to EM Database Control as the
SYS user, the Oracle Database 10g Licensing Information page is displayed. At
the bottom of the page, click the I agree button.
2) In Enterprise Manager, register your administrative server.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 11-3: Register the Administrative Server (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 112
Answer:
1. On your Database home page, click the Maintenance tab.
2. On the Maintenance tabbed page, click the Oracle Secure Backup Device and
Media link in the Oracle Secure Backup section.
3. On the Add Administrative Server page, enter /usr/local/oracle/backup in
the Oracle Secure Backup Home field. Then, make sure that admin is set in the
Username field, enter oracle in the Password field, and then click the OK
button. (Click No, if the Password Manager offers to remember the password.)
4. On the Host Credentials page, enter oracle for both the Username and
Password fields. Select the Save as Preferred Credential check box. Then, click
the OK button. After clicking OK, the Administrative Server page is displayed.
3) Use Enterprise Manager to insert four volumes into the vlib test library. (An
unlabeled tape is synonymous with a blank tape within Oracle Secure Backup.)
Answer:
1. On the Administrative Server page, click the Manage link corresponding to the
Devices field.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 11-3: Register the Administrative Server (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 113
2. On the Devices page, the vlib virtual test library should be automatically
selected. In the Actions drop-down list, select the Insert Volume value. Then,
click Go.
3. On the Device Action: insertvol page, make sure that the This is an unlabeled
tape option is selected for Source, and for Destination, enter 1-4 in Storage
Element.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 11-3: Register the Administrative Server (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 114
4. Scroll down to the bottom of the page and click OK. The Processing page appears
for a short period of time.
5. When returned to the Devices page, click the plus sign (+) to the left of vlib to
see your device.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 11-3: Register the Administrative Server (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 115
4) Before taking any backups, you want to make sure you can access your tape drives.
On the Devices page, test the virtual tape drive access.
Answer:
1. Select Verify Connectivity from the list of Actions, and click Go.
2. An informational message regarding the accessibility of the selected device is
displayed.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 11-3: Register the Administrative Server (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 116
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 117
Solutions for Practice 11-4: Configure Oracle Secure Backup
User
In this practice, you perform the following tasks:
Define a new Oracle Secure Backup user.
Configure preauthorization for this user.
Unless specified otherwise, you should log on as the oracle user to your terminal
emulator session and as SYSDBA to your EM Database Control Console session.
If you are already in Enterprise Manager, you can use shortcuts, such as clicking the
Administrative Server link in the upper-left part of the Devices page. Then if you right-
click the File System Backup and Restore link (at the bottom of the page) and select the
Open Link in New Window or Open Link in New Tab option, you can have two
windows open, one for Enterprise Manager and the other for the Oracle Secure Backup
Web tool.
1) Use the Oracle Secure Backup Web tool to create the oracle Oracle Secure Backup
user with the following values: User oracle, Password: oracle, User class:
oracle, UNIX name: oracle, UNIX group: dba and NDMP server user: no.
Note: If you have an NDMP server, set the value to yes; but inside the regular
classrooms, an NDMP server is not available, so set the value to no.
Answer:
1. On your Database home page, click the Maintenance tab.
2. On the Maintenance tabbed page, click the File System Backup and Restore
link in the Oracle Secure Backup section.
3. If you receive the warning Website Certified by an Unknown Authority, accept
this certificate permanently and click OK in any security pop-up window.
4. You are now redirected to the Oracle Secure Backup Web tool application. On the
Oracle Secure Backup Login page, enter admin as User Name, oracle as
Password, and click Login.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 11-4: Configure Oracle Secure Backup User
(continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 118
5. On the Oracle Secure Backup home page, click the Configure tab.
6. On the Configure page, click the Users link in the Basic section.
7. Click the Add button.
8. On the New Users page, enter or select the following values: User: oracle,
Password: oracle, User class: oracle, UNIX name: oracle, UNIX group:
dba, and NDMP server user: no. Click Apply.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 11-4: Configure Oracle Secure Backup User
(continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 119
9. View the success message. The oracle user is created and the page is in edit
mode.
2) Configure the oracle Oracle Secure Backup user as a preauthorized RMAN and
command-line user with the following values: Hosts: all hosts, OS username: *,
Windows domain name: *, and Attributes: cmdline and rman.
Best Practice Tip: Limit preauthorized access to selected hosts.
Answer:
1. Click the Preauthorized Access button.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 11-4: Configure Oracle Secure Backup User
(continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 120
2. On the Preauthorized Access page, select or enter the following values: Hosts: all
hosts, OS username: *, Windows domain name: *, and Attributes: cmdline and
rman. Click Add.
3. View the success message.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 121
Practice Solutions for Lesson 12
In this practice, you perform the following tasks:
Create a database backup storage selector for your database.
Perform a backup of your Oracle database with the Oracle-Suggested Backup
strategy.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 122
Solutions for Practice 12-1: Create a Database Backup Storage
Selector
In this practice, you perform the following tasks:
In SQL*Plus, verify that the database is in ARCHIVELOG mode.
In Enterprise Manager, create a database backup storage selector for your Oracle
database.
In Enterprise Manager, perform a test backup to verify that the Oracle Secure
Backup configuration is correct.
Unless specified otherwise, you should log on as the oracle user to your terminal
emulator session, and as SYSDBA to your Database Control Console and SQL*Plus
sessions.
1) First, verify that the database is in ARCHIVELOG mode. If your database is in
ARCHIVELOG mode, continue with the next step. If not, shut down the database,
enable archiving, and then restart the database.
Answer:
$ sqlplus /nolog
SQL*Plus: Release 10.2.0.1.0 - Production on Wed May 10
13:51:01 2006
Copyright (c) 1982, 2005, Oracle. All rights reserved.
SQL> connect / as sysdba
Connected.
SQL> archive log list
Database log mode No Archive Mode
Automatic archival Disabled
Archive destination USE_DB_RECOVERY_FILE_DEST
Oldest online log sequence 9
Current log sequence 11
SQL> shutdown immediate
Database closed.
Database dismounted.
ORACLE instance shut down.
SQL> startup mount
ORACLE instance started.
Total System Global Area 285212672 bytes
Fixed Size 1218992 bytes
Variable Size 100664912 bytes
Database Buffers 180355-72 bytes
Redo Buffers 2973696 bytes
Database mounted.
SQL> alter database archivelog;
Database altered.
SQL> alter database open;
Database altered.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 12-1: Create a Database Backup Storage Selector
(continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 123
SQL> archive log list
Database log mode Archive Mode
Automatic archival Enabled
Archive destination USE_DB_RECOVERY_FILE_DEST
Oldest online log sequence 9
Next log sequence to archive 11
Current log sequence 11
SQL>
2) In Enterprise Manager, create a backup selector for your database with the following
specifications:
Tape Drives: 1
Host Credentials Username: oracle, Password: oracle, and Save as
Preferred Credential
Database Backup Types: Archive log, Auto Backup, Full, and Incremental
Answer:
1. On your Database home page, click the Maintenance tab.
2. Under Backup/Recovery Settings, click Backup Settings.
3. On the Backup Settings page, enter 1 for Tape Drives in the Tape Settings
section.
4. Under Host Credentials, enter oracle as Username and Password. If these fields
are already filled in, make sure the supplied values are correct. Select Save as
Preferred Credential, and click OK.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 12-1: Create a Database Backup Storage Selector
(continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 124
5. Reenter the Backup Settings page and click Configure in the Oracle Secure
Backup section.
6. On the Administrative Server Login page, make sure that your Administration
Server is selected from the list. Enter oracle/oracle for the host username
and password. If these fields are already filled in, make sure the supplied values
are correct. Select Save as Preferred Credential and click OK.
7. On the Backup Storage Selectors page, click Add to configure a Backup Storage
Selector for your database.
8. On the Add Backup Storage Selector page, under the heading For These Types
of Backups, select all check boxes (for Archive Logs, Auto Backup, Full, and
Incremental database backup types). Then, click OK.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 12-1: Create a Database Backup Storage Selector
(continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 125
9. Your Backup Storage Selector has been created and is now displayed. Click
Return.
You return to the Backup Settings page.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 12-1: Create a Database Backup Storage Selector
(continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 126
3) Test your tape backup.
Answer:
1. On the Backup Settings page, scroll down to see that the administrative server is
set. Make sure that your Host Credentials are correct, and then click Test Tape
Backup in the Tape Settings section in the middle of the page.
2. The progress window appears.
3. When your tape drive test is successful, click the Database Instance link to return
to the Maintenance page.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 12-1: Create a Database Backup Storage Selector
(continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 127
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 128
Solutions for Practice 12-2: Perform Oracle-Suggested Backup
In Enterprise Manager, perform Oracle-Suggested Backup.
Unless specified otherwise, you should log on as the oracle user to your terminal emulator
session, and as SYSDBA to your Database Control Console and SQL*Plus sessions.
1) In Enterprise Manager, schedule Oracle-Suggested Backup with the following
specifications:
Backup destination: both disk and tape
Daily backup of archivelogs and incremental backup
Tape Drives: 1
Schedule daily backup within 5 minutes of your current date and time
Answer:
1. On the Database home page, click the Maintenance link.
2. On the Maintenance page, click the Schedule Backup link.
3. On the Schedule Backup page, make sure your Host Credentials are set correctly.
Then click the Schedule Oracle-Suggested Backup button
4. On the Schedule Oracle-Suggested Backup: Destination page, select Both Disk
and Tape and click Next.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 12-2: Perform Oracle-Suggested Backup (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 129
5. On the Schedule Oracle-Suggested Backup: Setup page, select Archivelogs
and the Incremental Backup, enter 1 for Tape Drives and click Next.
6. On the Schedule Oracle-Suggested Backup: Schedule page, select the daily
backup to run within 5 minutes of your current date and time, and then click Next.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 12-2: Perform Oracle-Suggested Backup (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 130
This specification first initiates a disk backup to the Flash Recovery Area, and then
the backup will be written to tape.
7. On the Schedule Oracle-Suggested Backup: Review page, review both the
Settings and RMAN Scripts and click Submit Job.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 12-2: Perform Oracle-Suggested Backup (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 131
8. You should see that the job has been successfully submitted.
2) Review your backup job. If this is your first scheduled backup, you should see a full
backup (otherwise an incremental one) first to the Flash Recovery Area, and then to
tape. Review the RMAN command, as well as the job execution.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 12-2: Perform Oracle-Suggested Backup (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 132
Answer:
1. At your specified backup time, click View Job.
The Job Execution page is displayed. The content of this screenshot may be different
from yours, due to different timing and previous tasks.
2. Click the Backup link under the Logs section. In the Output log, review how the
RMAN command allocates the disk and tape devices.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 12-2: Perform Oracle-Suggested Backup (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 133
3. Scroll down to review the execution of these commands.
This screenshot shows you the switch from disk to tape.
4. If you are interested only in a summary of the backup activities, you can select:
EM Maintenance > Backup Reports. Scroll down to see the Result area.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 12-2: Perform Oracle-Suggested Backup (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 134
Your screenshot will look different, but it should show both DISK and SBT_TAPE
under Output Devices.
3) Optionally, to reinforce this practice topic, you can view the
Oracle_Suggested_Strategy_viewlet_swf.html viewlet in the
/home/oracle/solutions/viewlets directory.
Answer:
1. Click the oracles Home icon on your desktop.
2. Navigate to the /home/oracle/solutions/viewlets directory.
3. Double-click the Oracle_Suggested_Strategy_viewlet_swf.html file
and view the presentation.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 12-2: Perform Oracle-Suggested Backup (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 135
4. When you have finished viewing the presentation, close your Web browser
window.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 136
Practice Solutions for Lesson 13
In this practice, you perform the following tasks:
Create a dataset for a file-system backup.
Schedule a backup of the dataset.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 137
Solutions for Practice 13-1: Back Up Your File System with
Oracle Secure Backup
Use the Oracle Secure Backup Web tool, which can be accessed from Enterprise
Manager for the tasks in this practice session.
Unless specified otherwise, access Enterprise Manager as SYDBA and the Oracle Secure
Backup Web tool as admin user. Both use oracle as password.
1) Create a new dataset called mylabs that you will use to back up your $HOME/labs
directory. The dataset should be of the form:
include host <hostname> {
include path /home/oracle/labs
}
Make sure that you replace <hostname> with the machine name of your student
computer.
Note: Do not back up the local root directory.
Answer:
1. From your Database home page, click the Maintenance tab.
2. On the Maintenance tabbed page, click the File System Backup and Restore link
in the Oracle Secure Backup section.
3. If you receive the warning Website Certified by an Unknown Authority, accept
this certificate permanently and click OK in any security pop-up window.
4. You are now redirected to the Oracle Secure Backup Web tool application. On the
Oracle Secure Backup Login page, enter admin as User Name and oracle as
Password, and click Login.
5. On the Oracle Secure Backup Web tool home page, click the Backup tab.
6. On the Backup page, click the Datasets link in the Settings section.
7. On the Datasets page, click Add.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 13-1: Back Up Your File System with Oracle Secure
Backup (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 138
8. On the New Datasets page, set the Name field to mylabs, and replace the given
template with the following:
include host <hostname> {
include path /home/oracle/labs
}
Make sure that you replace <hostname> with the machine name of your student
computer.
To not back up the local root directory, place comment signs (#) before the
relevant lines, or delete these lines.
9. After this is done, click Save.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 13-1: Back Up Your File System with Oracle Secure
Backup (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 139
10. Verify that the dataset was created successfully. On the Datasets page, select
mylabs, and click Check Dataset.
11. On the Dataset Errors page, you see that there were no errors. If there are any
errors, resolve them; then click Close.
2) Create a backup with your mylabs dataset. The backup should run immediately.
Answer:
1. On the Backup: Datasets page, click Backup Now on the bottom of the page.
2. On the Backup Now page, click the Add button.
3. On the Backup: Backup Now > Options page, select the mylabs dataset and
click OK.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 13-1: Back Up Your File System with Oracle Secure
Backup (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 140
4. When returned to the Backup Now page, select the mylabs dataset and click Go
to submit the job to the scheduler.
5. Review the result.
Oracle Secure Backup submits the backup request and assigns a job number.
3) View Oracle Secure Backup job information. Query the Manage: Jobs page for the
previously created and executed job.
Answer:
1. Click the Manage tab.
2. On the Manage page, click Jobs.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 13-1: Back Up Your File System with Oracle Secure
Backup (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 141
3. On the Jobs page, restrict the display to only Active, Complete, or Pending jobs
by selecting those options. In the Types box, select backup, then hold the [Ctrl]
key and select dataset and Oracle backup. Click Apply.
4. The updated display now shows the recent dataset backup as well as the previous
RMAN backup jobs. Click the Manage link to return to the Manage page.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 13-1: Back Up Your File System with Oracle Secure
Backup (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 142
4) Optionally, to reinforce this practice topic, you can view the
Scheduling_filesystem_backups_viewlet_swf.html viewlet in the
/home/oracle/solutions/viewlets directory.
Answer:
1. Click the oracles Home icon on your desktop.
2. Navigate to the /home/oracle/solutions/viewlets directory.
3. Double-click the Scheduling_filesystem_backups_viewlet_swf.html
file and view the presentation.
When you have finished viewing the presentation, close your Web browser window.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 143
Practice Solutions for Lesson 14
In this practice, you perform the following tasks:
Delete the contents of your labs directory.
Restore the missing lab files.
Verify that the files are recovered.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 144
Solutions for Practice 14-1: Restore File-System Data with
Oracle Secure Backup
In this practice, you first delete your lab files and then restore them from the backup
created in the previous practice.
Unless specified otherwise, you should log on as the oracle user to your terminal
emulator session, and as SYSDBA to your Database Control Console session.
For tasks 2 to 5, log in as admin user (with the oracle password) into the Oracle
Secure Backup Web tool, which can be accessed from Enterprise Manager.
1) From your terminal emulator session, remove all the files located in your
$HOME/labs directory.
Answer:
[oracle@edrsr4p1 labs]$ ls /home/oracle/labs
lab_04_01_02_01.sh lab_05_03_06_01.sql lab_07_01_12_01.sql
lab_04_02_02_01.sh lab_05_04_01_01.sql lab_07_01_13_02.sql
lab_04_03_02_01.sh lab_05_04_03_01.sql lab_07_01_14_02.sql
lab_05_02_03_02.sql lab_05_04_04_01.sql lab_09_01_04_01.sql
lab_05_02_04_01.sql lab_05_04_07_02.sql lab_11_02_01_in.sh
lab_05_02_05_01.sql lab_07_01_01_01.sh lab_11_02_01_out.sh
lab_05_02_07_01.sql lab_07_01_02_02.sql lab_11_02_01.sh
lab_05_03_01_01.sql lab_07_01_03_01.sh lab_11_02_02_in.sh
lab_05_03_02_01.sql lab_07_01_07_01.sql lab_11_02_02_out.sh
lab_05_03_03_01.sql lab_07_01_08_01.sql lab_11_02_02.sh
lab_05_03_04_01.sql lab_07_01_09_01.sql
[oracle@edrsr4p1 labs]$ mkdir
/home/oracle/solutions/labs_save
[oracle@edrsr4p1 labs]$ cp /home/oracle/labs/*
/home/oracle/solutions/labs_save
[oracle@edrsr4p1 labs]$ rm -f /home/oracle/labs/*
[oracle@edrsr4p1 labs]$ ls /home/oracle/labs
[oracle@edrsr4p1 labs]$
2) Restore your $HOME/labs directory contents by selecting the appropriate backup
from the Oracle Secure Backup catalog. Use the Browse Host button to locate the
desired backup.
Answer:
1. In the Oracle Secure Backup Web tool, click the Restore tab.
2. On the Restore page, click Backup Catalog.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 14-1: Restore File-System Data with Oracle Secure
Backup (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 145
3. On the Backup Catalog page, select your <Host Name> and latest, then
click Browse Host.
4. On the Browse Host page, click the link labeled home to view its contents.
5. Continue drilling down until you reach the labs directory. Select this directory,
and then click Add.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 14-1: Restore File-System Data with Oracle Secure
Backup (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 146
6. On the New Restore page, accept the default settings and click OK.
7. On the Backup Catalog page, click Show restore list and browse options to
view the items to be restored and the selection options for that data.
8. After viewing the information, click Go to submit the restore request to the
scheduler.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 14-1: Restore File-System Data with Oracle Secure
Backup (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 147
9. A message is displayed at the top of the screen to verify that the request was
submitted and to show the name of the created restore job.
3) Monitor the progress of the restore request.
Answer:
1. Click the Manage tab.
2. On the Manage page, click Jobs.
3. On the Jobs page, select Active, Complete, and Pending for the Viewing options,
and then select restore from the Types list. Click Apply.
4. Review the displayed job and verify that your restore job was successful.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 14-1: Restore File-System Data with Oracle Secure
Backup (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 148
4) In a terminal window, verify that your lab files are present.
Answer:
[oracle@edrsr4p1 labs]$ ls
lab_04_01_02_01.sh lab_05_03_06_01.sql lab_07_01_12_01.sql
lab_04_02_02_01.sh lab_05_04_01_01.sql lab_07_01_13_02.sql
lab_04_03_02_01.sh lab_05_04_03_01.sql lab_07_01_14_02.sql
lab_05_02_03_02.sql lab_05_04_04_01.sql lab_09_01_04_01.sql
lab_05_02_04_01.sql lab_05_04_07_02.sql lab_11_02_01_in.sh
lab_05_02_05_01.sql lab_07_01_01_01.sh lab_11_02_01_out.sh
lab_05_02_07_01.sql lab_07_01_02_02.sql lab_11_02_01.sh
lab_05_03_01_01.sql lab_07_01_03_01.sh lab_11_02_02_in.sh
lab_05_03_02_01.sql lab_07_01_07_01.sql lab_11_02_02_out.sh
lab_05_03_03_01.sql lab_07_01_08_01.sql lab_11_02_02.sh
lab_05_03_04_01.sql lab_07_01_09_01.sql
[oracle@edrsr4p1 labs]$
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 149
Practice Solutions for Lesson 15
In this practice, you perform the following tasks:
Create an encrypted backup.
Recover a tablespace from an encrypted backup.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 150
Solutions for Practice 15-1: Create an Encrypted Backup
In this practice, you perform the following tasks:
Schedule a customized tape backup of the whole database.
Edit the RMAN script to encrypt the backup using a password.
After the backup operation completes, verify that the backup was encrypted.
Unless specified otherwise, you should log in as SYS user (with the oracle password)
and connect as SYSDBA to Enterprise Manager Database Control.
1) In Enterprise Manager, schedule a customized tape backup of the whole database
with the following specifications: full online backup with archive logs to tape. Start
the backup immediately.
Answer:
1. On your Database home page, click the Maintenance tab.
2. On the Maintenance tabbed page, click the Schedule Backup link in the
Backup/Recovery section.
3. If you completed the task to perform an Oracle Suggested backup, then you see
the following information:
4. Accept Whole Database under the Customized Backup section and click
Schedule Customized Backup.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 15-1: Create an Encrypted Backup (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 151
5. Retain the default values of the backup options: full, online backup with archive
logs and click Next.
6. Select the Tape setting and click Next.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 15-1: Create an Encrypted Backup (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 152
7. Make sure the Start Immediately option is selected, and then click Next.
2) Edit the RMAN script and include the command to encrypt the backup, specifying
demo as the password. The command syntax is:
SET ENCRYPTION ON IDENTIFIED BY demo ONLY;
Then submit the backup job.
Answer:
1. On the Schedule Customized Backup: Review page, click Edit RMAN Script.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 15-1: Create an Encrypted Backup (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 153
2. Enter SET ENCRYPTION ON IDENTIFIED BY demo ONLY; at the top of
the RMAN script, and then click Submit Job.
Note: Specifying ONLY in the command means decryption will require the demo
password, and no other encryption keys will exist for this backup.
3) Check the backup job status. Verify that the RMAN SET ENCRYPTION command is
successfully executed.
Answer:
1. Click View Job.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 15-1: Create an Encrypted Backup (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 154
2. Click the Backup link in the Name column of the table under the Logs section.
3. Notice the successful execution of the RMAN SET ENCRYPTION command.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 15-1: Create an Encrypted Backup (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 155
4) Verify the successful completion of your backup.
Answer:
Refresh the browser page until the backup completes.
5) Optionally, to reinforce this practice topic, you can view the
Backup_Encryption_viewlet_swf.html viewlet the
/home/oracle/solutions/viewlets directory.
Answer:
1. Click the oracles Home icon on your desktop.
2. Navigate to the /home/oracle/solutions/viewlets directory.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 15-1: Create an Encrypted Backup (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 156
3. Double-click the Backup_Encryption_viewlet_swf.html file and view the
presentation.
When you have finished viewing the presentation, close your Web browser window.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 157
Solutions for Practice 15-2: Recover a Tablespace from an
Encrypted Backup
In this practice, you perform the following tasks:
Perform a tablespace recovery using the encrypted backup.
Troubleshoot the recovery process.
Edit the RMAN script to decrypt the backup.
Unless specified otherwise, you should log in as SYS user (with the oracle password)
and connect as SYSDBA to Enterprise Manager Database Control.
1) In Enterprise Manager, perform an object-level recovery of the EXAMPLE tablespace
to the current time or a previous point in time. Restore the files to the default location.
Answer:
1. On your Database home page, click the Maintenance tab.
2. On the Maintenance tabbed page, click the Perform Recovery link in the
Backup/Recovery section.
3. Select Tablespaces from the Object Type list, ensure that your Host Credentials
are correct, and click Perform Object Level Recovery.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 15-2: Recover a Tablespace from an Encrypted
Backup (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 158
4. Retain the default values for point-in-time recovery and click Next.
5. Click Add.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 15-2: Recover a Tablespace from an Encrypted
Backup (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 159
6. Select the EXAMPLE tablespace, and click the Select button.
7. Click Next.
8. Accept the No. Restore the files to the default location option and click Next.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 15-2: Recover a Tablespace from an Encrypted
Backup (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 160
9. Review your recovery request and click Submit.
2) The recovery operation fails. Why?
Answer:
1. Scroll down the output window on the Perform Recovery: Result window. Notice
the ORA-19913: unable to decrypt backup error. RMAN could not decrypt the
backup because it needs the password.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 15-2: Recover a Tablespace from an Encrypted
Backup (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 161
2. Click OK.
3) Troubleshoot the recovery process. What do you notice on the Perform Recovery
page?
Answer:
1. On the Maintenance tabbed page, click the Perform Recovery link in the
Backup/Recovery section.
2. What do you notice on the Perform Recovery page?
Notice that there is a tablespace offline and its datafile needs media recovery. This is
due to the failed tablespace recovery attempt.
4) Perform an object-level recovery of the EXAMPLE tablespace to the current time or a
previous point in time. Restore the files to the default location.
Answer:
1. Select Tablespaces from the Object Type list and click Perform Object Level
Recovery.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 15-2: Recover a Tablespace from an Encrypted
Backup (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 162
2. Retain the default values for point-in-time recovery and click Next.
3. On the Perform Object Level Recovery: Tablespaces page, make sure that the
EXAMPLE tablespace is displayed, and click Next.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 15-2: Recover a Tablespace from an Encrypted
Backup (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 163
4. Retain the No. Restore the files to the default location option and click Next.
5) Edit the RMAN script on the Perform Object Level Recovery: Review page.
Include the command to decrypt the backup, specifying demo as the password. The
command syntax is:
SET ENCRYPTION ON IDENTIFIED BY demo ONLY;
Then submit the backup job.
Answer:
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 15-2: Recover a Tablespace from an Encrypted
Backup (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 164
1. Click Edit RMAN Script.
2. Enter SET DECRYPTION IDENTIFIED BY demo; at the top of the RMAN
script, and then click Submit.
6) View the Perform Recovery: Result page. Notice the successful execution of your
SET DECRYPTION command.
Answer:
1. Notice that the SET DECRYPTION command was executed.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 15-2: Recover a Tablespace from an Encrypted
Backup (continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 165
2. Notice that the recovery completed successfully and the EXAMPLE tablespace was
brought back online.
3. When you finished reviewing the results, click OK.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 166
Practice Solutions for Lesson 16
In this practice, you perform the following tasks:
View Oracle Secure Backup information.
Back up the Oracle Secure Backup catalog.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 167
Solutions for Practice 16-1: View Oracle Secure Backup
Information
In this practice, you view Oracle Secure Backup information: the catalog, volumes and
their content, jobs and job transcripts, and defaults and policies.
Unless specified otherwise, you should log in as the SYS user (with the oracle
password) and connect as SYSDBA to Enterprise Manager Database Control. To access
the Oracle Secure Backup Web tool, use admin as username and oracle as password.
1) The administrative server maintains a catalog in which it stores metadata relating to
backup and restore operations for the administrative domain. Use the Oracle Secure
Backup Web tool to browse the Oracle Secure Backup catalog to view what you have
backed up so far.
Answer:
1. On your Database home page, click the Maintenance tab.
2. Click File System Backup and Restore.
3. Click the Restore tab.
4. Click Backup Catalog.
5. Select your host name and click Browse Host.
6. Click the path link under Browse Host thrice.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 16-1: View Oracle Secure Backup Information
(continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 168
7. Click until you see the files, which you backed up during a previous practice
session.
Note: The content of your /home/oracle/labs directory is different during
class.
2) View the volumes and their content.
Answer:
1. In the Oracle Secure Backup Web tool, click the Manage tab.
2. Click Volumes.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 16-1: View Oracle Secure Backup Information
(continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 169
3. Select one of the volumes and click List Backup Sections.
4. Review the List Section Properties. The content of your Backup Sections will be
different from this screenshot. Then click Close.
3) View a category of jobsfor example, completed ones. Include a review of a job
transcript.
Answer:
1. In the Oracle Secure Backup Web tool, click the Home tab.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 16-1: View Oracle Secure Backup Information
(continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 170
Most likely, you will not have any failed jobs to research; so look at completed ones.
2. Click the Completed Jobs link.
3. Select the archivelog backup job and click Show Transcript.
4. Scroll to the end of the job transcript and view the error rate. It should be 0%.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 16-1: View Oracle Secure Backup Information
(continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 171
5. Click Close.
4) View the configuration of your security policies. What is the value of the Login
token duration policy?
Answer:
1. On your Database home page, click the Maintenance tab.
2. Click the File System Backup and Restore.
3. Click the Configure tab.
4. On the Configure page, click the Defaults and Policies link in the Advanced
section.
5. On the Configure: Defaults and Policies page, click the security Policy.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 16-1: View Oracle Secure Backup Information
(continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 172
6. What is the value of the Login token duration policy?
The default value is 15 minutes, which means after 15 minutes of inactivity, you need
to repeat your Oracle Secure Backup login.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 173
Solutions for Practice 16-2: Back Up the Oracle Secure Backup
Catalog
In this practice, you perform the following tasks using obtool:
Create a dataset for the <OSB_HOME>/admin directory.
Create a backup request.
Submit the backup request to the scheduler.
Verify that the backup completed successfully.
Identify the volume that contains the backup data.
Previously, you used the Oracle Secure Backup Web tool for a file-system backup. Now
use the obtool utility with admin as username and oracle as password.
1) Create a media family to be used when backing up the Oracle Secure Backup catalog
files. Use the following command:
mkmf --vidunique --writewindow 7days --retain 28days
--noappend OSB_catalogs
Answer:
$ obtool -user admin -password oracle
ob> mkmf --vidunique --writewindow 7days --retain 28days -
-noappend OSB_catalogs
2) Create a backup set for the catalog data, using the commands listed here:
mkds --dir catalog_backup
mkds --input catback.ds
When prompted for input, supply the following dataset directives, where
<hostname> is the host name of your assigned computer:
include host <hostname> {
include path /etc/obconfig
include path /usr/etc/ob/xcr
include path /usr/local/oracle/backup/admin }
Answer:
ob> mkds --dir catalog_backup
ob> mkds --input catback.ds
Input the new dataset contents. Terminate with an EOF or
a line containing just a dot (".").
include host <hostname> {
include path /etc/obconfig
include path /usr/etc/ob/xcr
include path /usr/local/oracle/backup/admin }
.
Apply your changes [yes]?
ob>
3) Create a backup request for this dataset, and then submit the backup request.
To create the backup request using the following obtool command:
backup l full p 1 r vt g --dataset catback.ds
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 16-2: Back Up the Oracle Secure Backup Catalog
(continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 174
What does this command do?
Answer:
This command performs a full backup (-l full) of the files defined by the
dataset description catback.ds. (--dataset). All the files described are
backed up regardless of when the last backup was taken or what files have
changed. The backup is executed as the privileged root user (-g) and is given
the highest priority (-p 1). The backup is restricted to only the vt tape drive, so
the volume that contains the backup can be easily located.
ob> backup l full p 1 r vt g --dataset catback.ds
ob> backup --go
Info: backup request 1 (dataset catback.ds) submitted; job
id is admin/3.
ob>
4) Use the information from the message returned in the previous step to verify that the
backup completed successfully. (State should show completed successfully).
Answer:
ob> lsjob --long admin/3
admin/3:
Type: dataset catback.ds
Level: full
Family: OSB_catalogs
Scheduled time: none
State: completed successfully at
2006/05/19.21:51
Priority: 1
Privileged op: yes
Run on host: (administrative server)
Attempts: 1
ob>
5) Identify the volume that contains the backup.
Answer:
ob> lsvol --drive vt
ob> lsvol --drive vt
Inventory of library vlib:
* in 1: volume RMAN-DEFAULT-000002, barcode
69ed75c0c944102b985
00065b9621d0, 3463296 kb remaining, content manages reuse
* in 3: unlabeled, barcode
6a2ac70ec944102b98500065b9621d0
* in 4: unlabeled, barcode
6a409e76c944102b98500065b9621d0
in dte: volume VOL000001, barcode
6a156878c944102b98500065b9621
d0, 3462496 kb remaining, lastse 2
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Solutions for Practice 16-2: Back Up the Oracle Secure Backup Catalog
(continued)
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery B - 175
*: in use list
ob>
ob> exit
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Oracle Secure Backup
Additional Installation Topics
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery C - 2
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Topics
This appendix, together with the relevant lesson, should
assist you to:
Install Oracle Secure Backup on Windows
Locate and describe the Oracle Secure Backup
installed files
Additional installation topics:
Specifying installation parameters
Client Installation: Example
Media Server Installation: Example
Uninstall Oracle Secure Backup
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery C - 3
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Answer service login dialogs
Answer service startup dialogs
Install
Select the type of host from the
Oracle Secure Backup Setup screen
Answer customer information dialogs
Run setup.exe
Stop drivers
Windows Installation: Overview
Windows Installation: Overview
Before beginning your installation, see documentation for platform-specific details, such as: on
Windows: disable drivers on Windows-based media servers, and how to configure firewalls.
Oracle Secure Backup supports configuring the administrative domain on a host running the
Windows operating system.
To support running an administrative server on Windows, the GNU SMTP implementation is
replaced with one developed by Oracle.
During the installation process, the Oracle Secure Backup Setup Wizard copies all Oracle Secure
Backup files to the local host and generates Windows Registry entries.
Note: Every installation of Oracle Secure Backup on Windows is a client installation, and can
additionally be a media server or administrative server installation.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery C - 4
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Stopping Tape Device Drivers
Stopping Tape Device Drivers
Before you start an Oracle Secure Backup host installation on your Windows machine, you should
stop any currently running drivers that are controlling existing tape drives and libraries that you plan
to use with Oracle Secure Backup. This is necessary because Windows does not allow two device
drivers to simultaneously claim the same device.
To stop Windows drivers, perform the following steps:
1. From Control Panel, click System.
2. Click the Hardware tab.
3. Click the Device Manager button. The Device Manager window appears.
4. Expand the branch for Medium Changers (if any).
5. Right-click the icon that represents your tape library.
6. A pop-up menu appears. Select Disable to disable the medium changer driver.
7. Repeat steps 5 and 6 for each tape library or tape drive that you intend to use with Oracle
Secure Backup.
8. Expand the branch for Tape Drives. Installed drivers for tape drives appear.
9. Right-click the icon that represents your tape drive.
10. A pop-up menu appears. Select Disable to disable the tape drive driver.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery C - 5
Stopping Tape Device Drivers (continued)
11. Repeat steps 9 and 10 for each tape library or tape drive that you intend to use with Oracle
Secure Backup.
12. Reboot your host.
Windows drivers claim devices to be used by Oracle Secure Backup. If not disabled, the Windows
drivers will preempt the Oracle Secure Backup device driver (ob) on the next reboot.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery C - 6
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Oracle Secure Backup Setup
Oracle Secure Backup Setup
1. Run the setup.exe program from the directory into which you originally downloaded the
software. The InstallShield Wizard is displayed.
2. Click Next to continue. The Readme Information dialog box is displayed.
3. Click Next to continue. The Customer Information dialog box is displayed.
4. Enter your name in the User Name box.
5. Enter the name of your company in the Organization box.
6. Select a target user for the application. Your choices are:
- Anyone who uses this computer (all users)
- Only for me (user)
7. Click Next to continue.
8. Choose the program features to configure:
a. To configure the Windows host as a media server, click the pull-down menu of the Media
Server icon. The options that are displayed are shown in the slide. Selecting the This
feature will be installed on local hard drive. option removes the X from the Media Server
icon and installs the media server software.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery C - 7
Oracle Secure Backup Setup (continued)
b. To configure the Windows host as an administrative server, click the pull-down menu of
the Administrative Host icon and select This feature will be installed on local hard drive.
Again, selecting this option removes the X from the Administrative Host icon and installs
the administrative server software.
c. If you plan to perform Oracle database backups and restores, repeat this process for Create
oracle user. Doing so creates an Oracle Secure Backup user called oracle (with the
rights and privileges of the oracle class) whose purpose is to facilitate RMAN backup
and restores of Oracle databases.
9. Click Next to continue. The Ready to Install the Program window is displayed.
10. Click Install to start copying files. A progress bar appears. When the files are copied, the
InstallShield Completed screen is displayed.
11. Click Finish to continue.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery C - 8
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Service Startup Dialogs
Continued:
Service Startup Dialogs
The Service Startup dialog box is displayed.
12. Select a mode in which to start the Oracle Secure Backup service. Your choices are:
- Automatic: The Oracle Secure Backup service starts automatically when you reboot your
host.
- Manual: The Oracle Secure Backup service must be started manually by a user who is a
member of the Administrators group.
- Disabled: The Oracle Secure Backup service is disabled.
13. Click Next to continue.
Note: On the Windows operating system, the only daemon that runs as a Windows service is the
Oracle Secure Backup service (observiced).
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery C - 9
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Service Login Dialog Box
Continued:
Service Login Dialog Box
The Service Login dialog box appears.
14. Select one of the following options:
- If you plan to run the Oracle Secure Backup service daemon (and associated subordinate
daemons) with full privileges, click System Account.
- If you plan to run the Oracle Secure Backup service daemon (and associated subordinate
daemons) with the privilege set associated with an existing Windows user account, click
This Account and enter the Windows user account name and password. If you choose this
option, ensure that the account you select has enough backup and restore privileges. The
required privileges are listed in the Oracle Secure Backup Service Logon dialog box.
15. Click Finish to complete the installation.
16. Repeat this installation process for each Windows host in your administrative domain.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery C - 10
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Oracle Secure Backup Installed Files
<OSB_Home> directory
Configuration
file
help samples
Administrative server
admin apache
conf
htdocs
images
logs
modules
config
history
log
state
device bin
Oracle Secure Backup Installed Files
The Oracle Secure Backup home directory is created on every host where you install Oracle Secure
Backup, although the contents of the directory vary depending on the roles you assigned to the host.
The illustration in the slide shows the installed directories that are common to an administrative
server on any operating system. However, an administrative server configured on a Linux host will
have additional directories created.
In addition to containing the Oracle Secure Backup directory, each host on which Oracle Secure
Backup is installed contains a configuration file. The configuration file is called obconfig.txt in
the db subdirectory where you install Oracle Secure Backup on Windows, and it is called
obconfig in the /etc directory on UNIX and Linux systems.
These directories contain the following types of files:
admin: Administrative and configuration data for the administrative domain, also the backup
catalog
apache: Apache Web server files (used by Web tool)
bin: Executables or links to executables
device: Data on the tape drives and libraries that are supported by the Oracle Secure Backup
device driver
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery C - 11
Oracle Secure Backup Installed Files (continued)
help: Help files (provides data for the help command in obtool)
samples: Sample tools for writing scripts or programs that interact with Oracle Secure Backup
Note: The directory structure under the <OSB_Home> directory is the same for both Windows and
UNIX systems.
On a Windows host, an Oracle Secure Backup installation also includes the following file objects:
db\xcr\: Transcripts for jobs that ran on this host
temp\: The directory containing observiced and obndmpd log files and temporary files
A UNIX or Linux host has the following additional files:
.bin.<operating_system>/: Executables for operating_system, where operating_system
is a derivative of the operating system name. For example, the directory for Sun Solaris is
.bin.solaris.
.drv.<operating_system>/: Device drivers for operating_system
etc/: Links that point to the <OSB_root>/.wrapper script for each Oracle Secure Backup
utility. This script is an architecture-specific executable selection tool for Oracle Secure Backup.
.etc.<operating_system>/: Daemons and utility programs for operating_ system
install/: Installation scripts
lib/: Link to the architecture-independent shared library for the SBT interface
.lib.<operating_system>/: Shared library for the SBT interface for operating_system,
where operating_system is a derivative of the operating system name. For example, the directory
for Sun Solaris is .lib.solaris.
man/: Man pages for Oracle Secure Backup components
man/man1: Man pages for Oracle Secure Backup executables
man/man8: Man pages for daemons and maintenance tools
tools.<operating_system>/: Maintenance tools
/usr/etc/ob/.hostid: Information used for identifying this host
/usr/etc/ob/xcr/: Transcripts for jobs that ran on this host
/usr/tmp/: Log files for observiced and obndmpd and temporary files
.wrapper: Shell program that selects an executable from a .bin.* or .etc.* directory,
based on the computer architecture of the host executing the command. Symbolic links and the
architecture-independent .wrapper shell program enable hosts to contain executables for
multiple computer architectures.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery C - 12
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Oracle Secure Backup Installed Files
<OSB_Home>
directory
/usr/local/oracle/backup
bin device help .drv.<OS>
Media server
/usr/local/oracle/backup
Client
<OSB_Home>
directory
bin help device
Oracle Secure Backup Installed Files (continued)
The slide illustrates the directories created for a media server or client. The bin and device
subdirectories are created on every machine, regardless of the operating system used. The other
directories shown in the slide are created for machines that use the Windows operating system.
For a UNIX or Linux host, the following files and directories are installed in addition to the bin and
device subdirectories:
Media server:
- .bin.<operating_system>/
- .drv.<operating_system>/
- etc/
- .etc.<operating_system>/
- man/
- /usr/etc/ob/.hostid
- /usr/etc/ob/xcr/
- /usr/tmp/
- .wrapper
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery C - 13
Oracle Secure Backup Installed Files (continued)
Client:
- .bin.<operating_system>/
- etc/
- .etc.<operating_system>/
- man/
- /usr/etc/ob/.hostid
- /usr/etc/ob/xcr/
- /usr/tmp/
- .wrapper
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery C - 14
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Installed Files for Host Role:
Administrative Server
<OSB_Home> directory
Configuration
file
help samples admin apache
conf
htdocs
images
logs
modules
config
history
log
state
device bin
Installed Files for Host Role: Administrative Server
The Oracle Secure Backup home directory is created on every host where you install Oracle Secure
Backup, although the contents of the directory vary depending on the roles you assigned to the host.
The illustration in the slide shows the installed directories that are common to an administrative
server on any operating system. However, an administrative server configured on a Linux host will
have additional directories created.
In addition to containing the Oracle Secure Backup directory, each host on which Oracle Secure
Backup is installed contains a configuration file. The configuration file is called obconfig.txt in
the db subdirectory where you install Oracle Secure Backup on Windows, and it is called
obconfig in the /etc directory on UNIX and Linux systems.
These directories contain the following types of files:
admin: Administrative and configuration data for the administrative domain, also the backup
catalog
apache: Apache Web server files (used by Web tool)
bin: Executables or links to executables
device: Data on the tape drives and libraries that are supported by the Oracle Secure Backup
device driver
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery C - 15
Installed Files for Host Role: Administrative Server (continued)
Oracle Secure Backup Installed Files
help: Help files (provides data for the help command in obtool)
samples: Sample tools for writing scripts or programs that interact with Oracle Secure Backup
Note: The directory structure under the <OSB_Home> directory is the same for both Windows and
UNIX systems.
On a Windows host, an Oracle Secure Backup installation also includes the following file objects:
db\xcr\: Transcripts for jobs that ran on this host
temp\: The directory containing observiced and obndmpd log files and temporary files
A UNIX or Linux host has the following additional files:
.bin.<operating_system>/: Executables for operating_system, where operating_system
is a derivative of the operating system name. For example, the directory for Sun Solaris is
.bin.solaris.
.drv.<operating_system>/: Device drivers for operating_system
etc/: Links that point to the <OSB_root>/.wrapper script for each Oracle Secure Backup
utility. This script is an architecture-specific executable selection tool for Oracle Secure Backup.
.etc.<operating_system>/: Daemons and utility programs for operating_ system
install/: Installation scripts
lib/: Link to the architecture-independent shared library for the SBT interface
.lib.<operating_system>/: Shared library for the SBT interface for operating_system,
where operating_system is a derivative of the operating system name. For example, the directory
for Sun Solaris is .lib.solaris.
man/: Man pages for Oracle Secure Backup components
man/man1: Man pages for Oracle Secure Backup executables
man/man8: Man pages for daemons and maintenance tools
tools.<operating_system>/: Maintenance tools
/usr/etc/ob/.hostid: Information used for identifying this host
/usr/etc/ob/xcr/: Transcripts for jobs that ran on this host
/usr/tmp/: Log files for observiced and obndmpd and temporary files
.wrapper: Shell program that selects an executable from a .bin.* or .etc.* directory,
based on the computer architecture of the host executing the command. Symbolic links and the
architecture-independent .wrapper shell program enable hosts to contain executables for
multiple computer architectures.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery C - 16
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Installed Files for Host Role:
Media Server
/usr/local/oracle/backup
bin device help .drv.<OS>
<OSB_Home>
directory
Installed Files for Host Role: Media Server
The slide illustrates the directories created for a media server or client. The bin and device
subdirectories are created on every machine, regardless of the operating system used. The other
directories shown in the slide are created for machines that use the Windows operating system.
For a UNIX or Linux host, the following files and directories are installed in addition to the bin and
device subdirectories:
Media server:
- .bin.<operating_system>/
- .drv.<operating_system>/
- etc/
- .etc.<operating_system>/
- man/
- /usr/etc/ob/.hostid
- /usr/etc/ob/xcr/
- /usr/tmp/
- .wrapper
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery C - 17
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Installed Files for Host Role: Client
<OSB_Home>
directory
/usr/local/oracle/backup
bin help device
Installed Files for Host Role: Client
The slide illustrates the directories created for a media server or client. The bin and device
subdirectories are created on every machine, regardless of the operating system used. The other
directories shown in the slide are created for machines that use the Windows operating system.
Client:
- .bin.<operating_system>/
- etc/
- .etc.<operating_system>/
- man/
- /usr/etc/ob/.hostid
- /usr/etc/ob/xcr/
- /usr/tmp/
- .wrapper
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery C - 18
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Does media_x have any SCSI tape libraries that you'd like to use with
Oracle Secure Backup [no]? yes
How many Oracle Secure Backup tape drives are attached to media_x [1]?
Please describe each tape drive by answering the following questions.
Logical unit number [0]:
SCSI bus address [0]:
SCSI target ID [4]: 2
SCSI lun 0-7 [0]:
Is the information you entered correct [yes]?
OK to proceed [yes]?
Oracle Secure Backup successfully onto media_x
# cat /proc/scsi/scsi
Attached devices:
Host: scsi0 Channel: 00
Id: 02 Lun: 00
Vendor: IBM Model: : 4772
Type: Sequential-Access
Media Server Installation: Example
This example demonstrates a media server installation.
First, specify the host name of the machine that you want to add as a media server. Then, you specify
that you want this new machine to be a media server. The setup program automatically installs
Oracle Secure Backup on the remote host and prompts for information about the devices attached to
the new media server.
In the example, it is assumed that the media server has only one SCSI tape drive attached.
Note: The procedure for configuring tape libraries or Fibre Channel devices is the same as the
process for configuring SCSI tape drives.
Before you can configure the tape drive, you need to obtain some physical SCSI information about
the device. For example, on a Linux platform, you can use the cat /proc/scsi/scsi
command to obtain the necessary information.
In addition to obtaining SCSI device information, you must also assign an Oracle Secure Backup
logical unit number. This is a number between 0 and 31 and is used to create unique file names for
the devices connected to the media serverfor example, /dev/obt0, /dev/obt1, and so on.
Note: For formatting reasons, the complete output is not shown in the slide.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery C - 22
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Verifying Your Installation
Some examples:
View Oracle Secure Backup processes in Linux:
ps -e | grep ob
Use obtool commands to view Oracle Secure Backup
users and default media family:
ob> lsuser
ob> lsmf --long
Verifying Your Installation
In the slide are some examples of how you can verify your installation. To start the obtool utility,
execute the following:
$ obtool
Oracle Secure Backup 10.1.0
login: admin
Password: oracle << Password not echoed >>
ob> lsuser
admin admin
oracle oracle
ob> lsmf --long
RMAN-DEFAULT:
Keep volume set: content manages reuse
Appendable: yes
Volume ID used: unique to this media family
Comment: Default RMAN backup media family
ob> quit
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery C - 23
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Uninstalling Oracle Secure Backup
Have all users log out of Oracle Secure Backup
applications.
Close all sessions of Web tool.
Use the uninstallob script.
You must be logged in as the root user.
Call script from the parent directory of the Oracle Secure
Backup home directory.
Choose whether you want to save or remove the:
Oracle Secure Backup directory
Administrative directory
Uninstalling Oracle Secure Backup
You can uninstall Oracle Secure Backup from a client or the administrative server. If you uninstall
Oracle Secure Backup from an administrative server, you are given the option of retaining the
administrative directory and its contents. This enables you to safely uninstall and reinstall the product
without deleting your administrative server data.
You must be logged in as the root user on UNIX or Linux systems to uninstall Oracle Secure
Backup completely. If you are not logged in as root when you uninstall the software, you may not
have the privileges needed to delete files and shut down the Oracle Secure Backup daemons.
Oracle Secure Backuprelated processes such as the HTTP processes for Oracle Secure Backup Web
tool should be shut down before beginning the uninstallation process. To identify processes for
Oracle Secure Backup, you can use the following command:
# /bin/ps -ef |grep ob
You can then use kill -9 <pid> commands to kill each process in the list associated with
Oracle Secure Backup.
If you uninstall Oracle Secure Backup from the local machine, the uninstallob script removes
the Oracle Secure Backup home directory when the script completes. For this reason, you should call
the uninstallob script from the parent directory of the Oracle Secure Backup home directory.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery C - 24
Uninstalling Oracle Secure Backup (continued)
If you encounter errors when uninstalling the Oracle Secure Backup software, or if the
uninstallob script fails to completely remove all the files for Oracle Secure Backup (assuming
you did not choose to save any files), correct the problem causing the error if possible, then run the
uninstallob script again until you see the following message:
Oracle Secure Backup has been successfully removed from <host>.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery C - 25
Copyright 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved.
Summary
This appendix provided assistance with the following
topics:
Install Oracle Secure Backup on Windows
Locate and describe the Oracle Secure Backup
installed files
Additional installation topics:
Specify installation parameters
Install Client: Example
Install Media Server: Example
Verify your UNIX installation
Uninstall Oracle Secure Backup
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Appendix D
Glossary
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery D - 2
Term Definition
administrative domain A group of machines on your network that
you manage as a common unit to perform
backup and restore operations.
administrative server A host where you install Oracle Secure
Backup. This host stores configuration
information and the catalog files for client
hosts. There must be one and only one
administrative server for each
administrative domain at your site. One
administrative server can service all clients
on your network. The administrative server
runs the scheduling daemon, which starts
and monitors backups within the
administrative domain.
AIT Advanced Intelligent Tape, a magnetic tape
and drive system used for computer data
storage and archiving
Areal Density Important indicator of the performance of
the disk and drive that corresponds to the
number of magnetic bits per unit area
Apache Web server A public-domain Web server used by the
Oracle Secure Backup Web interface tool.
API application programming interface
attachment An attachment describes a data path
between a host and a storage device. Most
often, an attachment comprises the identity
of a host plus a UNIX device special file
name, a Windows device name, or an NAS
device name. A device must have at least
one attachment, and often has multiple
attachments, one for each host that can
directly access it.
authentication type Defines the way in which Oracle Secure
Backup authenticates itself to the NDMP
server. Typically, you should use
negotiated as your default setting. Your
choices are:
Default
None
Negotiated
Text
Md5
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery D - 3
Auxiliary Storage/
External Storage/
Secondary Storage. All addressable data
storage that is not currently in the
computers main storage or memory.
Bit The smallest amount of information in a
binary digital system that can be used to
represent two states of information such as
YES or NO.
backup description file A text file you create that is used with
command-line interface backup operations.
It lists host names and directories that you
want to back up.
backup ID An integer identifier that uniquely
identifies a backup image section
backup image The product of an Oracle Secure Backup
backup operation. Basically it is the list of
files that are backed up in one operation. A
backup image can contain one or more
media families and volume sets.
backup image label The first block of a backup image. It
contains the backup images file and
section numbers and owner.
backup image section A portion of a backup image file that exists
on a single tape. One backup image can
contain multiple sections. Each backup
section is uniquely identified by a backup
ID.
backup job A backup operation that is scheduled to run
at a specific time. The time the job is
scheduled to run can be either immediately
or some time in the future.
backup level The level that defines the
comprehensiveness of the backup
operation. For example, a level 2 backup
operation backs up all data changed since
the previous level 1 or level 2 backup.
backup operation A process by which data is copied from
primary media to secondary media.
backup piece A binary file written in a proprietary format
by RMAN for storing backup data. One or
more backup pieces make up a backup set.
backup piece expiration time This expiration date is determined when
the backup piece is created, and
corresponds to its creation time plus its
expire duration.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery D - 4
backup schedule A description of when and how often
Oracle Secure Backup is to back up one or
more datasets. The backup schedule
contains the names of each such dataset
and the name of the media family to use.
backup sections Also referred to as archive sections. See
backup image section.
backup set A collection of Oracle Database data
backed up by RMAN.
Backup Storage Selectors See Database Backup Storage Selector.
backup trigger A calendar-based time at which a particular
scheduled backup becomes eligible to run
backup window Defines a time range within which Oracle
Secure Backup executes scheduled backup
jobs
barcode A symbol code that is physically applied to
volumes for identification purposes. Some
tape libraries have an automated means to
read barcodes, which Oracle Secure
Backup supports.
BDF See backup description file.
blocking factor Specifies how many 512-byte blocks to
include in each block of data written to
each tape drive. By default, Oracle Secure
Backup writes 64 K blocks to tape
(blocking factor 128). Because higher
blocking factors usually result in better
performance, you can try a blocking factor
larger than obtars default. If you pick a
value larger than is supported by the
operating system of the server, Oracle
Secure Backup fails with an error.
BSP Backup Solutions Program
bus A collection of wires through which data is
transmitted from one part of a computer to
another
byte Eight bits of information that can represent
256 different statesfor example,
numbers, processor instructions, or a
combination of letters and numbers as in
ASCII code.
CA Certificate Authority
catalog A hierarchical collection of files that
contains all the information used to define
your Oracle Secure Backup administrative
domain configuration
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery D - 5
catalog An index of the contents of a tape.
CDB command descriptor block
CIFS See Common Internet File System.
class Defines a set of rights that are granted to an
Oracle Backup user
CLI command-line interface
client Any machine to be backed up by Oracle
Secure Backup, including administrative
servers and media servers; also referred to
as a host
Common Internet File System CIFS is a protocol, used by Windows
clients to access data on this Network
Appliance filer.
daemon A process on UNIX and Linux that runs in
the background and performs an OSB task
for an application. Some daemons run
continually (for example, observided)
and others are started and stopped as
required (for example, obrobtd). This is
equivalent to a service on a Windows host.
DAFS Direct Access File System, a new file
access protocol designed to take advantage
of standard memory-to-memory
interconnect technologies
DAR See Direct Access Recovery.
data transfer element (DTE) Secondary storage device within a tape
library usually referred to by a number. In
libraries that contain multiple drives, each
DTE is sequentially numbered, starting
with 1.
dataset description file A file that contains the names of the hosts
and paths that you want Oracle Secure
Backup to back up.
DAS Direct Attached Storage; those parts of a
wide-area network in which the mass
storage devices are connected locally
DAT Digital audio tape; a type of 4-mm tape
Data Mover daemon An operating system process that writes the
data to tape
Database Backup Storage Selector These objects are configured to represent
backup and restore parameters that describe
an Oracle database. They act as a glue
layer between RMAN, which accesses the
database, and the Oracle Secure Backup
software, which manages the underlying
media.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery D - 6
dataset A textual description employing a
lightweight language that tells Oracle
Secure Backup what files to back up
DDS Digital data storage; a type of 4-mm tape
defaults and policies A set of configuration data that explains
how Oracle Secure Backup runs in an
administrative domain
device A tape drive or library identified by a user-
defined device name
device driver A routine or set of routines that implements
the device-specific aspects of generic I/O
operations. The operating system handles
the device-independent aspects of the I/O
operation but calls routines provided by the
driver for the device in question to
implement the device-specific functions.
Every device, whether it is a printer, disk
drive, or keyboard, must have a driver
program. Most devices have their drivers
installed when the device or product that
uses it is installed.
Direct Access Recovery (DAR) An optional capability of NDMP that
addresses the need to quickly restore a
single file from a stream of backup data
that might contain millions of individual
files. DAR relies on file history
information generated at the NAS device
during a backup operation.
direct-attached Located on the same host or server; also
referred to as local
DLT Digital Linear Tape technology; a form of
magnetic tape and drive system used for
computer data storage and archiving
DMA data management agent
DNS hostname Every UNIX system (also known as a host)
has a host name, whether it is connected to
a network or not. Any system attached to
the Internet or any large network conforms
to a more rigorous naming convention as
part of the Domain Name System (DNS).
In DNS, every host name is composed of a
host name and domain name. The DNS
host name is the host name of the computer
(does not include the domain), which is a
symbolic name used to reference a
particular system.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery D - 7
domain A group of machines and devices on a
network that are administered as a unit with
common rules and procedures. Within the
Internet, domains are defined by the IP
address. All devices sharing a common part
of the IP address are said to be in the same
domain.
EOD End-of data (EOD) label used to mark the
end of Oracle Secure Backup operations on
tape
EOV End-of-volume (EOV) label used to mark
the end of a volume within a backup image.
This label contains the volume ID of the
next volume in the set
exabyte A unit of storage equal to 1,024 x 1,024 x
1,024 x gigabytes or just over 1 billion
gigabytes
expiration date The time the volume set is first written +
the write window duration + the retention
duration
expiration policy A media family configuration setting that
determines when volumes are eligible to be
overwritten
expire duration The amount of time after a backup piece is
created during which Oracle Secure
Backup cannot overwrite the data
FC Fibre Channel, an interface standard for
connecting computers to mass storage
devices such as disk drives and tape
libraries
FDDI fiber distributed data interface
Fiber Distributed Data Interface A set of ANSI protocols for sending digital
data over fiber optic cable. FDDI networks
are token-passing networks, and support
data rates of up to 100 Mbps (100 million
bits per second). FDDI networks are
typically used as backbones for wide-area
networks.
Fibre Channel A high performance interface designed to
bring speed and flexibility to multiple disk-
drive storage systems. A Fibre Channel
configuration consists of a backplane, (an
external enclosure that houses a printed
circuit board (PCB) and multiple drive
receptacles) and a Fibre Channel host bus
adapter (HBA). The backplane allows
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery D - 8
direct connection to the drives (no cable),
supplies power to the drives, and controls
the input and output of data on all drives
within the system. Fibre Channel, a one
and two gigabit interconnect technology,
allows concurrent communications among
workstations, mainframes, servers, data
storage systems, and other peripherals
using SCSI, IP and a wide range of other
protocols to meet the needs of the data
center.
file system dataset A collection of files backed up by Oracle
Secure Backup
filer An appliance attached to a computer
network that is used for data storage
firewall A system designed to prevent unauthorized
access to or from a private network
full backup An operation that backs up all the files
selected on a client. Files are backed up
whether or not they have changed since the
last backup.
GBIC GigaBit Interface Converter; an interface
module which converts the light stream
from a fibre channel cable into electronic
signals for use by a network interface card
gigabyte A unit of storage, abbreviated as G or GB,
equal to 1,024 megabytes
Gigabit Ethernet (GbE) A term describing various technologies for
implementing Ethernet networking at a
nominal speed of one gigabit per second
GUI graphical user interface
HBA Host bus adapter; an interface card that
plugs into the computers bus and connects
it to the network
host An addressable machine in a computer
network
host role A class of actions performed by a host.
You can have an administrative server, a
media server, or a client.
HTTP Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP); the
set of rules for exchanging files (text,
graphic images, sound, video, and other
multimedia files) on the World Wide Web
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery D - 9
HTTPS Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure
(HTTPS) is a communications protocol
designed to transfer encrypted information
between computers over the World Wide
Web. HTTPS is HTTP using a Secure
Socket Layer (SSL).
import-export element (IEE) Used in tape libraries to move volumes into
and out of the library without opening the
door. It is sometimes called a mail slot, and
is physically present only on certain
libraries. Not all libraries have a discrete
import-export element. Some libraries do
have a media access port, but some require
manual action by the operator to open the
door and remove a tape from a slot in the
library.
incremental backup A process that captures data that was
changed since the level N backup
operation, where N is the level of
comprehensiveness of the backup operation
ISAM The Indexed Sequential Access Method
(ISAM) is a method for managing how a
computer accesses records and files stored
on a hard disk. While storing data
sequentially in a data file, ISAM provides
direct access to specific records through an
index. The combination of the data file and
its associated index file is called a
database. ISAM is implemented as a C
function library.
iSCSI Pronounced eye-scuzzy, an acronym for
internet Small Computer System Interface
protocol over IP network instead of a direct
SCSI compatible cable. iSCSI enables data
blocks to be read from or sent at high speed
to a storage device such as a disk or tape
drive.
JBOD Just a Bunch of Disks; a term used for a
storage enclosure that is supplied with
preintegrated disk drives
job summary A text file report produced by Oracle
Secure Backup that describes the status of
selected file system backup and restore jobs
job transcript
A file that contains the standard output
from a particular backup job
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery D - 10
kilobyte A unit of storage, abbreviated as K or KB,
equal to 1,024 bytes
label Data that Oracle Secure Backup uses to
identify a volume or a backup image
LAN local area network
library See tape library.
lights out backup An automated backup that does not require
user interaction and typically is performed
outside of normal working hours
logical unit number An internal mapping identifier used by
Oracle Secure Backup for a specific device.
LUNs make it possible for a number of
devices to share a single SCSI ID.
LTO Linear Tape-Open technology, developed
jointly by HP, IBM, and Seagate; an open
format technology, which means that
users will have multiple sources of product
and media
LUN See logical unit number.
magazine A collection of tapes or volumes
media family A classification of backup media that share
the same volume identification sequence.
Each media family identifies the amount of
time that data can be written to a tape, and
the amount of time the tape can remain in
storage before it can be overwritten. A
media family can contain one or more
volume sets and volumes.
media server A machine with one or more attached tape
drives or tape libraries. Backup data is sent
to and restored from volumes loaded in
these devices.
medium transport element (MTE) Moves a volume from a storage element to
another element within a tape library
megabyte A unit of storage abbreviated as M or MB;
equal to 1,024 x 1,024 or 1,048,576 bytes
MMV media management vendor
mount mode The mode indicates the way in which the
scheduling system can use a volume
physically loaded into a tape drive. Valid
values are read-only, write/append,
overwrite, and not-mounted.
multi-hosted tape library A library with multiple media servers
connected to it
NAS See Network Attached Storage.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery D - 11
NDMP The Network Data Management Protocol
(NDMP) is a network applications protocol
facilitating data backup and restore.
Layered atop TCP and the Berkeley socket
model, NDMP defines a set of related
service models, network messages, and
finite state automations that implement
them. The protocol provides a uniform
means to back up and restore data within
and between diverse kinds of storage
servers, open systems, Wintel platforms,
and closed operating system appliances.
NDMP is commonly used by NAS devices
(also known as filers) to facilitate backup
and restore operations without having to
install the backup agent (Oracle Backup,
for example) on the appliance. The NAS
appliance communicates with the backup
software using NDMP.
NDMP backup type The name of a backup method supported
by the NDMP Data Service running on a
host. Backup types are defined by each
Data Service provider.
NDMP Data Service One of three types of NDMP services. The
data service interfaces with the primary
storage device (such as a NAS device) and
interacts with the volume or file system
that is being either backed up or restored.
Network Attached Storage A computer on your network that hosts file
systems. The server exposes the file
systems to its clients through one or more
standard protocols, most commonly NFS
and CIFS.
network description file A text file that describes your network
configuration and is used to push software
across the network to designated machines
during installation
network drive A hard disk physically attached to a server
and accessible over a network
Network File System A client/server application that enables all
network users to access shared files stored
on computers of different types. NFS
provides access to shared files through an
interface called the Virtual File System
(VFS) that runs on top of TCP/IP. Users
can manipulate shared files as if they were
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery D - 12
stored locally on the users own hard disk.
With NFS, computers connected to a
network operate as clients while accessing
remote files, and as servers while providing
remote users access to local shared files.
The NFS standards are publicly available
and widely used.
NFS See Network File System.
nibble A unit of information equal to 4 bits (or
half a byte)
NT File System One of the file systems for the Windows
operating system. NTFS has features to
improve reliability, such as transaction logs
to help restore from disk failures.
NTFS See NT File System.
object A data storage type used to store Oracle
Secure Backup catalog data. There are user,
class, and policy objects that hold attributes
and names. Internal names are named with
a UUID; external names are user assigned.
OCFS Oracle Cluster File System
offsite backup A backup that is equivalent to a full (level
0) backup except that Oracle Secure
Backup keeps a record of this backup in
such a manner that it does not affect the
full or incremental backup schedule. This is
useful when you want to create a backup
image for offsite storage without disturbing
your schedule of incremental backups.
operator A person who runs backup operations,
manages schedules, swaps tapes, and
checks for any errors
operator assistance request A request from Oracle Secure Backup that
asks for the operator to perform a task,
such as mounting a different volume during
a backup
Oracle Secure Backup scheduler A daemon that automatically starts backup
jobs on the specified day and time
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery D - 13
Oracle Secure Backup user A user definition, distinct from the name
spaces of existing UNIX, Linux, and
Windows users, which allows Oracle
Secure Backup to maintain a consistent
user identity across the various hosts. It
also allows Oracle Secure Backup to
express a finer granularity of user rights
than are possible with existing user
definitions.
orphan A backup piece that exists in the Oracle
Secure Backup catalog but not in the
RMAN catalog
permissions Operating system file privileges that allow
different users to read, write, or execute
files
petabyte A unit of storage equal to 1,024 terabytes,
or just over a million gigabytes
PHP Hypertext Preprocessor (PHP) is an open
source, server-side HTML scripting
language used to create dynamic Web
pages. PHP is embedded within tags, so the
author can move between HTML and PHP
instead of using large amounts of code.
Because PHP is executed on the server, the
viewer cannot see the code. PHP can
perform the same tasks as a CGI program
and is compatible with many different
kinds of databases.
ping Stands for Packet Internet Grouper. A
utility to determine whether a specific IP
address is accessible. It works by sending a
packet to the specified address and waiting
for a reply. You can use ping hosts to
troubleshoot network connections.
PNI See Preferred Network Interface.
Preferred Network Interface A network can have multiple physical
connections between a client and the server
performing a backup or restore on behalf of
that client. For example, a network can
have both Ethernet and FDDI connections
between a pair of hosts. Using PNI, you
can specify, on a client-by-client basis,
which of the servers network interfaces
should be used to transmit data to be
backed up or restored.
RAC Real Application Clusters
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery D - 14
RAID Originally, an acronym for Redundant
Array of Inexpensive Disks to reflect the
data accessibility and cost advantages that
properly implemented arrays could
provide. The acronym has evolved to mean
Redundant Array of Independent Disks
emphasizing the techniques potential data
availability advantages over conventional
disk storage systems.
recycling policies See expiration policy.
recycling volumes Overwriting data on volumes generated by
Oracle Secure Backup
restore operation Copies files from the tapes in a backup
device to the file system on a designated
host
restore operator list A list of operators to whom restore data
requests are e-mailed. This list is defined in
the obconfig file on the administrative
server.
retention duration See expiration policy.
RMAN Recovery Manager
RMAN preauthorization Used to determine the Oracle Secure
Backup user under which a specific RMAN
operation, such as backup or restore, is
performed. This allows for the use of
Oracle Secure Backup without going
through the normal Oracle Secure Backup
login requirements.
SAIT Super Advanced Intelligent Tape; a Small
Form Factor tape cartridge
SAN See Storage Area Network.
SBT System backup to tape; interface between
RMAN and storage media. RMAN
communicates with Oracle Secure Backup
through the SBT interface.
schedule A user-defined time period for executing
backup operations
SCSI Pronounced scuzzy, an acronym for
Small Computer System Interface. A
parallel I/O bus and protocol that permits
the connection of a variety of peripherals to
host computers with independence within a
class of devices (such as disk drives and
backup devices). Connection to the SCSI
bus is achieved through a host adapter and
a peripheral controller. Linux has a four-
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery D - 15
level hierarchical addressing scheme for
SCSI devices:
SCSI adapter number [host]
Channel number [bus]
ID number [target]
Logical unit number [lun]
Each SCSI bus can have multiple SCSI
devices connected to it. In SCSI parlance,
the host bus adapter is called the initiator
and takes up one SCSI target ID number
(typically 7). The initiator talks to targets,
which are commonly known as SCSI
devices. Each SCSI device can contain
multiple Logical Unit Numbers (LUNs).
SCSI lun number The value used to identify a logical unit of
a SCSI device. In the SCSI-2 specification,
there may be up to eight logical units for
each SCSI device address. These logical
units are numbered from 0 through 7.
SCSI target ID The unique address of a SCSI device. 8-bit
SCSI can have up to eight IDs; 16-bit up to
sixteen IDs; and 32-bit up to 32 IDs. There
must be a minimum of one target and one
initiator on the bus. SCSI target IDs range
from 0 to 7 for 8-bit, 0 to 15 for 16-bit and
0 to 31 for 32 bit systems.
SDLT/SuperDLT Super Digital Linear Tape technology; a
variant of DLT technology that makes it
possible to store upwards of 100 GB on a
single cartridge and can transfer data at
speeds of up to 10 megabytes per second
section number A number that is recorded in the volume
label to indicate the order of the parts of a
backup image that spans multiple volumes
Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) An application layer protocol created by
Netscape for managing the security of
message transmissions in a network. SSL
uses the public-and-private key encryption
system from RSA (a public key algorithm,
named after its inventors: Rivest, Shamir,
and Adleman), which also includes the use
of a digital certificate.
sequence number A number that is recorded in the volume
label to indicate the order of volumes in a
volume set
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery D - 16
service A process on Windows that runs in the
background and performs a task for an
application. Some services run continually
and others are started and stopped as
required.
services daemon The observiced daemon. It ensures that
tape resources are available and reserves
them for the backup job.
single-hosted tape library A tape library with only one media server
directly attached to it
SNIA Storage Networking Industry Association;
a non-profit trade organization,
incorporated in December 1997 whose
members are dedicated to ensuring that
storage networks become complete and
trusted solutions across the IT community
storage consolidation The concept of centralizing and sharing
storage resources among many application
servers
SSL See Secure Sockets Layer (SSL).
Storage Area Network A high-speed subnetwork of shared storage
devices, or machines that contains disks for
storing data. A SAN is designed to assign
data backup and restore functions to a
secondary network where they can perform
their tasks without interfering with the
functions and capabilities of the server.
storage element (se) A physical location within a tape library
where a volume can be stored and retrieved
by a tape librarys robotic mechanism
storage selector See Database Backup Storage Selector.
tape A data storage medium consisting of a
magnetizable oxide coating on a thin
plastic strip, commonly used for backup
and archiving. Popular for its ability to
store large amounts of data, and for its
portability. Tapes are also referred to as
removable media, or secondary storage.
tape file mark A marker written to tape by Oracle Secure
Backup that signals the end of a backup
image
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery D - 17
tape library An automated tape-handling hardware
device that invariably house two or more
drives and from 10s to 100s of tapes. A
library accepts SCSI commands to move
media between storage locations and
drives. Tape libraries are designed for
continuous, unattended operation and allow
simultaneous reading and writing to
multiple drives. Tape libraries also offer
key features such as barcode readers to
scan labels on cartridges, and an I/O Port
for importing and exporting individual
tapes under application control. It is also
referred to as a robotic tape device,
autochanger, or medium changer.
terabyte A unit of storage, abbreviated as T or TB;
equal to 1,024 gigabytes
TCP/IP Transmission Control Protocol/Internet
Protocol. It is the suite of protocols used to
connect hosts for transmitting data over
networks.
trigger A user-defined period in time or sets of
times that causes a scheduled backup to run
URL The Uniform Resource Locator, or the
address of a resource available on the
Internet
UUID Universal Unique Identifier; used for
tagging objects across a network
virtualization The pooling of physical storage from
multiple network storage devices into what
appears to be a single storage device that is
managed from a central console.
volume A single unit of media such as an 8-mm
tape. A volume can contain one or more
backup images.
volume expiration time The date and time on which a volume
expires. Oracle Secure Backup computes
this by adding the write window duration,
if any, to the time at which it wrote backup
image file number 1 to a volume, then
adding the volume retention period.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery D - 18
volume ID A label that uniquely identifies the volume
and includes the backup images file
number and additional information, if the
backup image is contained on a multi-
volume set. Oracle Secure Backup begins
each backup image with a label that
uniquely identifies the backup image.
Volume IDs appear in volume labels and
backup image labels. For example,
VOL000001 appears in the volume
sequence file.
volume label The first block of the first backup image on
a volume. It contains the volume ID, owner
name, and date and time for the volume
creation.
volume sequence file
A file that contains a unique volume ID to
assign when labeling a volume
volume set The volumes that comprise a backup image
volume set expiration time The date and time on which a volume set
expires, computed by adding the write
window duration, if any, to the time at
which the first backup image file was
written to the volume set, then adding the
volume set retention period
volume tag A field that is commonly used to hold the
barcode identifier for the volume. Each
Oracle Secure Backup volume has an
associated field called a volume tag. It is
another name for the barcode that can be
found in the volume label.
WAN Wide-area network, or a computer network
that spans a relatively large geographical
area. Typically, a WAN consists of two or
more local-area networks (LANs).
Computers connected to a wide-area
network are often connected through public
networks, such as the telephone system.
They can also be connected through leased
lines or satellites. The largest WAN in
existence is the Internet.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
Oracle Database 10g: Backup and Recovery D - 19
World Wide Names (WWNs) A unique identifier for devices on a storage
area network (SAN), similar to a media
access control (MAC) address for devices
connected via Ethernet. WWNs consist of
16 hexadecimal digits grouped as 8 pairs.
These are written with colon characters
separating each pair. The format of the
WWN is defined by the Institute of
Electrical and Electronics Engineers
(IEEE). It is also referred to as a WWPN
(Worldwide Port Name) or WWNN
(Worldwide Node Name).
WORM
Write Once Read Many times; a class of
optical recording systems that allow
recording and adding data but not altering
recorded data
write date Defines the period of time, starting from
the volumes first data write operation,
during which updates to the volume are
allowed
write-protect To mark a file or media so that its contents
cannot be modified or deleted. Write-
protected files and media can only be read;
you cannot write to them, edit them,
append data to them, or delete them.
write window The period of time for which a volume set
remains open for updates, usually by
appending additional backup images. The
write window opens at the time the volume
set is created, and closes after this specified
period has elapsed. After the write window
closes, Oracle Secure Backup does not
allow any further updates to the volume set
until it expires, or until it is relabeled,
reused, unlabeled, or forcibly overwritten.
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D
O
r
a
c
l
e
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a
n
d
I
n
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
i
o
s
S
.
A
.
u
s
e
o
n
l
y
T
H
E
S
E
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
R
E
F
O
R
Y
O
U
R
U
S
E
I
N
T
H
I
S
C
L
A
S
S
R
O
O
M
O
N
L
Y
.
C
O
P
Y
I
N
G
e
K
I
T
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
F
R
O
M
T
H
I
S
C
O
M
P
U
T
E
R
I
S
S
T
R
I
C
T
L
Y
P
R
O
H
I
B
I
T
E
D